Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

со всех языков на все языки

heir of the world

  • 1 κόσμος

    κόσμος, ου, ὁ (Hom.+)
    that which serves to beautify through decoration, adornment, adorning (Hom.+; Diod S 20, 4, 5 τῶν γυναικῶν τὸν κόσμον; OGI 531, 13; SIG 850, 10; IMaronIsis 41; PEleph 1, 4; PSI 240, 12 γυναικεῖον κόσμον; LXX; TestJud 12:1; JosAs 2:6 al.; Philo, Migr. Abr. 97 γυναικῶν κ.; Jos., Ant. 1, 250; 15, 5; Just., A II, 11, 4f) of women’s attire, etc. ὁ ἔξωθεν … κόσμος external adorning 1 Pt 3:3 (Vi. Hom. 4 of the inward adornment of a woman, beside σωφροσύνη; Crates, Ep. 9; Pythag., Ep. 11, 1; Plut., Mor. 141e; on the topic of external adornment cp. SIG 736, 15–26).
    condition of orderliness, orderly arrangement, order (Hom. et al.; s. HDiller, Die vorphilosophische Gebrauch von κ. und κοσμεῖν: BSnell Festschr., ’56, 47–60) μετὰ κόσμου in order Dg 12:9 (text uncertain; s. μετακόσμιος).
    the sum total of everything here and now, the world, the (orderly) universe, in philosophical usage (so, acc. to Plut., Mor. 886b, as early as Pythagoras; certainly Heraclitus, Fgm. 66; Pla., Gorg. 508a, Phdr. 246c; Chrysipp., Fgm. 527 v. Arnim κόσμος σύστημα ἐξ οὐρανοῦ καὶ γῆς καὶ τῶν ἐν τούτοις περιεχομένων φύσεων. Likew. Posidonius in Diog. L. 7, 138; Ps.-Aristot., De Mundo 2 p. 391b, 9ff; 2 and 4 Macc; Wsd; EpArist 254; Philo, Aet. M. 4; Jos., Ant. 1, 21; Test12Patr; SibOr 7, 123; AssMos Fgm. b Denis [=Tromp p. 272]; Just., A I, 20, 2 al.; Ath. 19, 2 al.; Orig., C. Cels. 4, 68, 14; Did., Gen. 36, 7; 137, 13.—The other philosoph. usage, in which κ. denotes the heaven in contrast to the earth, is prob. without mng. for our lit. [unless perh. Phil 2:15 κ.=‘sky’?]). ἡ ἀέναος τοῦ κ. σύστασις the everlasting constitution of the universe 1 Cl 60:1 (cp. OGI 56, 48 εἰς τὸν ἀέναον κ.). Sustained by four elements Hv 3, 13, 3. πρὸ τοῦ τὸν κ. εἶναι before the world existed J 17:5. ἀπὸ καταβολῆς [κόσμου] from the beginning of the world Mt 13:35; 25:34; Lk 11:50; Hb 4:3; 9:26; Rv 13:8; 17:8. Also ἀπʼ ἀρχῆς κ. Mt 24:21 or ἀπὸ κτίσεως κ. Ro 1:20.—B 5:5 ἀπὸ καταβ. κ. evidently means at the foundation of the world (s. Windisch, Hdb. ad loc.). πρὸ καταβολῆς κ. before the foundation of the world J 17:24; Eph 1:4; 1 Pt 1:20 (on the uses w. καταβολή s. that word, 1). οὐδὲν εἴδωλον ἐν κ. no idol has any real existence in the universe (Twentieth Century NT) 1 Cor 8:4. Of the creation in its entirety 3:22. ὁ κόσμος ὅλος = πᾶσα ἡ κτίσις (Sallust. 21 p. 36, 13; TestSol 5:7; TestJob 33:4) Hs 9, 2, 1; 9, 14, 5. φωστῆρες ἐν κόσμῳ stars in the universe Phil 2:15 (s. above). Esp. of the universe as created by God (Epict 4, 7, 6 ὁ θεὸς πάντα πεποίηκεν, τὰ ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ καὶ αὐτὸν τὸν κόσμον ὅλον; Wsd 9:9; 2 Macc 7:23 ὁ τοῦ κ. κτίστης; 4 Macc 5:25; Just., A I, 59, 1 al.; Ath. 8, 2 al.) ὁ ποιήσας τὸν κ. who has made the world Ac 17:24. ὁ κτίστης τοῦ σύμπαντος κ. 1 Cl 19:2; ὁ κτίσας τὸν κ. Hv 1, 3, 4; cp. m 12, 4, 2. ὁ τοῦ παντὸς κ. κυριεύων B 21:5. οὐδʼ εἶναι τὸν κόσμον θεοῦ ἀλλὰ ἀγγέλων AcPlCor 1:15. Christ is called παντὸς τοῦ κ. κύριος 5:5; and the κ. owes its origin to his agency J 1:10b. The world was created for the sake of the church Hv 2, 4, 1.—The universe, as the greatest space conceivable, is not able to contain someth. (Philo, Ebr. 32) J 21:25.
    the sum total of all beings above the level of the animals, the world, as θέατρον ἐγενήθημεν (i.e. οἱ ἀπόστολοι) τῷ κόσμῳ καὶ ἀγγέλοις καὶ ἀνθρώποις 1 Cor 4:9. Here the world is divided into angels and humans (cp. the Stoic definition of the κόσμος in Stob., Ecl. I p. 184, 8 τὸ ἐκ θεῶν καὶ ἀνθρώπων σύστημα; likew. Epict 1, 9, 4.—Acc. to Ocellus Luc. 37, end, the κ. consists of the sphere of the divine beyond the moon and the sphere of the earthly on this side of the moon).
    planet earth as a place of inhabitation, the world (SIG 814, 31 [67 A.D.] Nero, ὁ τοῦ παντὸς κόσμου κύριος; the meaning of the birthday of Augustus for the world OGI 458, 40 [=IPriene 105]; 2 Macc 3:12; Jos., Ant. 9, 241; 10, 205; Orig., C. Cels. 4, 68)
    gener. Mk 16:15. τὰς βασιλείας τοῦ κ. Mt 4:8; ἐν ὅλῳ τῷ κ. 26:13. Cp. 13:38 (cp. Hs 5, 5, 2); Mk 14:9; Hs 9, 25, 2. τὸ φῶς τοῦ κ. τούτου the light of this world (the sun) J 11:9. In rhetorical exaggeration ἡ πίστις ὑμῶν καταγγέλλεται ἐν ὅλῳ τ. κόσμῳ Ro 1:8 (cp. the Egypt. grave ins APF 5, 1913, 169 no. 24, 8 ὧν ἡ σωφροσύνη κατὰ τὸν κ. λελάληται). Abraham as κληρονόμος κόσμου heir of the world 4:13.—Cp. 1 Cor 14:10; Col 1:6. ἡ ἐν τῷ κ. ἀδελφότης the brotherhood in the (whole) world 1 Pt 5:9. ἐγένετο ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ κ. τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν our Lord has assumed the sovereignty of the world Rv 11:15. τὰ ἔθνη τοῦ κ. (not LXX, but prob. rabbinic אֻמּוֹת הָעוֹלָם=humankind apart fr. Israel; Billerb. II 191; Dalman, Worte 144f) the unconverted in the world Lk 12:30. In this line of development, κόσμος alone serves to designate the polytheistic unconverted world Ro 11:12, 15.—Other worlds (lands) beyond the ocean 1 Cl 20:8.—Many of these pass. bear the connotation of
    the world as the habitation of humanity (as SibOr 1, 160). So also Hs 9, 17, 1f. εἰσέρχεσθαι εἰς τὸν κ. of entrance into the world by being born 1 Cl 38:3. ἐκ τοῦ κ. ἐξελθεῖν leave this present world (Philo, Leg. All. 3, 5 ἔξω τ. κόσμου φεύγειν; s. ἐξέρχομαι 5; cp. Hippol., Ref. 5, 16, 7) 1 Cor 5:10b; 2 Cl 8:3. γεννηθῆναι εἰς τὸν κ. be born into the world J 16:21. ἕως ἐσμὲν ἐν τούτῳ τῷ κ. 2 Cl 8:2. οὐδὲν εἰσφέρειν εἰς τὸν κ. (Philo, Spec. Leg. 1, 294 τὸν μηδὲν εἰς τὸν κόσμον εἰσενηνοχότα) 1 Ti 6:7 (Pol 4:1). πολλοὶ πλάνοι ἐξῆλθον εἰς τὸν κ. 2J 7.—ἐν τῷ κόσμω τούτῳ J 12:25 (κ. need not here be understood as an entity hostile to God, but the transition to the nuance in 7b, below, is signalled by the term that follows: ζωὴν αἰώνιον). ἵνα εἰς κόσμον προέλθῃ AcPlCor 2:6.
    earth, world in contrast to heaven (Dio Chrys. 19 [36], 59; Iren., 1, 4, 2 [Harv. I 35, 5]; Orig., C. Cels. 8, 15, 24) ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ τούτῳ 2 Cl 19:3.—Esp. when mention is made of the preexistent Christ, who came fr. another world into the κόσμος. So, above all, in John (Bultmann, index I κόσμος) ἔρχεσθαι εἰς τὸν κ. (τοῦτον) J 6:14; 9:39; 11:27; 16:28a; 18:37; specif. also come into the world as light 12:46; cp. 1:9; 3:19. Sending of Jesus into the world 3:17a; 10:36; 17:18; 1J 4:9. His εἶναι ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ J 1:10a; 9:5a; 17:12 v.l. Leaving the world and returning to the Father 13:1a; 16:28b. Cp. 14:19; 17:11a. His kingship is not ἐκ τοῦ κ. τούτου of this world i.e. not derived from the world or conditioned by its terms and evaluations 18:36ab.—Also Χρ. Ἰησοῦς ἦλθεν εἰς τ. κόσμον 1 Ti 1:15; cp. ἐπιστεύθη ἐν κόσμῳ (opp. ἀνελήμφθη ἐν δόξῃ) 3:16.—εἰσερχόμενος εἰς τὸν κ. Hb 10:5.
    the world outside in contrast to one’s home PtK 3 p. 15, 13; 19.
    humanity in general, the world (TestAbr B 8 p. 113, 11 [Stone p. 74]; ApcEsdr 3:6 p. 27, 14; SibOr 1, 189; Just., A I, 39, 3 al.)
    gener. οὐαὶ τῷ κ. ἀπὸ τῶν σκανδάλων woe to humankind because of the things that cause people to sin Mt 18:7; τὸ φῶς τοῦ κ. the light for humanity 5:14; cp. J 8:12; 9:5. ὁ σωτὴρ τοῦ κ. 4:42; 1J 4:14 (this designation is found in inscriptions, esp. oft. of Hadrian [WWeber, Untersuchungen z. Geschichte des Kaisers Hadrianus 1907, 225; 226; 229]).—J 1:29; 3:17b; 17:6.—κρίνειν τὸν κ. (SibOr 4, 184; TestAbr A 13 p. 92, 11 [Stone p. 32]; ApcMos 37) of God, Christ J 12:47a; Ro 3:6; B 4:12; cp. Ro 3:19. Of believers 1 Cor 6:2ab (cp. Sallust. 21 p. 36, 13 the souls of the virtuous, together w. the gods, will rule the whole κόσμος). Of Noah διʼ ἧς (sc. πίστεως) κατέκρινεν τὸν κ. Hb 11:7. ἡ ἁμαρτία εἰς τὸν κ. εἰσῆλθεν Ro 5:12; likew. θάνατος εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸν κ. 1 Cl 3:4 (Wsd 2:24; 14:14). Cp. Ro 5:13; 1 Cor 1:27f. περικαθάρματα τοῦ κ. the refuse of humanity 4:13. Of persons before conversion ἄθεοι ἐν τῷ κ. Eph 2:12.—2 Cor 1:12; 5:19; Js 2:5; 1J 2:2; 4:1, 3. ἀρχαῖος κόσμος the people of the ancient world 2 Pt 2:5a; cp. vs. 5b; 3:6. Of pers. of exceptional merit: ὧν οὐκ ἦν ἄξιος ὁ κ. of whom the world was not worthy Hb 11:38.—ὅλος ὁ κ. all the world, everybody Ac 2:47 D; 1 Cl 5:7; cp. ἐν ὅλῳ τῷ κ. 59:2; εἰς ὅλον τὸν κ. Hs 8, 3, 2. Likew. ὁ κόσμος (cp. Philo, De Prov. in Eus., PE 8, 14, 58) ὁ κ. ὀπίσω αὐτοῦ ἀπῆλθεν J 12:19. ταῦτα λαλῶ εἰς τὸν κ. 8:26; ἐν τῷ κ. 17:13; ἐγὼ παρρησίᾳ λελάληκα τῷ κ. 18:20; cp. 7:4; 14:22. ἵνα γνῷ ὁ κ. 14:31; cp. 17:23; ἵνα ὁ κ. πιστεύῃ 17:21.
    of all humanity, but especially of believers, as the object of God’s love J 3:16, 17c; 6:33, 51; 12:47b.
    the system of human existence in its many aspects, the world
    as scene of earthly joys, possessions, cares, sufferings (cp. 4 Macc 8:23) τὸν κ. ὅλον κερδῆσαι gain the whole world Mt 16:26; Mk 8:36; Lk 9:25; 2 Cl 6:2 (cp. Procop. Soph., Ep. 137 the whole οἰκουμένη is an unimportant possession compared to ἀρετή). τὰ τερπνὰ τοῦ κ. the delightful things in the world IRo 6:1. οἱ χρώμενοι τὸν κ. ὡς μὴ καταχρώμενοι those who use the world as though they had no use of it or those who deal with the world as having made no deals with it 1 Cor 7:31a. ἔχειν τὸν βίον τοῦ κ. possess worldly goods 1J 3:17. τὰ τοῦ κόσμου the affairs of the world 1 Cor 7:33f; cp. 1J 2:15f. The latter pass. forms an easy transition to the large number of exprs. (esp. in Paul and John) in which
    the world, and everything that belongs to it, appears as that which is hostile to God, i.e. lost in sin, wholly at odds w. anything divine, ruined and depraved (Herm. Wr. 6, 4 [the κόσμος is τὸ πλήρωμα τῆς κακίας]; 13, 1 [ἡ τοῦ κ. ἀπάτη], in Stob. p. 428, 24 Sc.; En 48:7; TestIss 4:6; AscIs 3:25; Hdb., exc. on J 1:10; Bultmann ad loc.—cp. Sotades Maronita [III B.C.] 11 Diehl: the κόσμος is unjust and hostile to great men) IMg 5:2; IRo 2:2. ὁ κόσμος οὗτος this world (in contrast to the heavenly realm) J 8:23; 12:25, 31a; 13:1; 16:11; 18:36; 1J 4:17; 1 Cor 3:19; 5:10a; 7:31b; Hv 4, 3, 2ff; D 10:6; 2 Cl 5:1, 5; (opp. ὁ ἅγιος αἰών) B 10:11. ‘This world’ is ruled by the ἄρχων τοῦ κ. τούτου the prince of this world, the devil J 12:31b; 16:11; without τούτου 14:30. Cp. ὁ κ. ὅλος ἐν τῷ πονηρῷ κεῖται the whole world lies in the power of the evil one 1J 5:19; cp. 4:4; also ὁ αἰὼν τοῦ κ. τούτου Eph 2:2 (s. αἰών 4).—Christians must have nothing to do with this world of sin and separation fr. God: instead of desiring it IRo 7:1, one is to ἄσπιλον ἑαυτὸν τηρεῖν ἀπὸ τοῦ κ. keep oneself untainted by the world Js 1:27. ἀποφεύγειν τὰ μιάσματα τοῦ κ. 2 Pt 2:20; cp. 1:4 (s. ἀποφεύγω 1).—Pol 5:3. ἡ φιλία τοῦ κ. ἔχθρα τ. θεοῦ ἐστιν Js 4:4a; cp. vs. 4b. When such an attitude is taken Christians are naturally hated by the world IRo 3:3; J 15:18, 19ad; 17:14a; 1J 3:13, as their Lord was hated J 7:7; 15:18; cp. 1:10c; 14:17; 16:20.—Also in Paul: God and world in opposition τὸ πνεῦμα τοῦ κ. and τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἐκ θεοῦ the spirit of the world and the spirit that comes fr. God 1 Cor 2:12; σοφία τοῦ κ. and σοφία τοῦ θεοῦ 1:20f. ἡ κατὰ θεὸν λύπη and ἡ τοῦ κ. λύπη godly grief and worldly grief 2 Cor 7:10. The world is condemned by God 1 Cor 11:32; yet also the object of the divine plan of salvation 2 Cor 5:19; cp. 1 Cl 7:4; 9:4. A Christian is dead as far as this world is concerned: διʼ οὗ (i.e. Ἰ. Χρ.) ἐμοὶ κ. ἐσταύρωται κἀγὼ κόσμῳ through Christ the world has been crucified for me, and I have been (crucified) to the world Gal 6:14; cp. the question τί ὡς ζῶντες ἐν κ. δογματίζεσθε; Col 2:20b. For στοιχεῖα τοῦ κ. Gal 4:3; Col 2:8, 20a s. στοιχεῖον.—The use of κ. in this sense is even further developed in John. The κ. stands in opposition to God 1J 2:15f and hence is incapable of knowing God J 17:25; cp. 1J 4:5, and excluded fr. Christ’s intercession J 17:9; its views refuted by the Paraclete 16:8. Neither Christ himself 17:14c, 16b; 14:27, nor his own 15:19b; 17:14b, 16a; 1J 3:1 belong in any way to the ‘world’. Rather Christ has chosen them ‘out of the world’ J 15:19c, even though for the present they must still live ‘in the world’ 17:11b; cp. 13:1b; 17:15, 18b. All the trouble that they must undergo because of this, 16:33a, means nothing compared w. the victorious conviction that Christ (and the believers w. him) has overcome ‘the world’ vs. 33b; 1J 5:4f, and that it is doomed to pass away 2:17 (TestJob 33:4; Kephal. I 154, 21: the κόσμος τῆς σαρκός will pass away).
    collective aspect of an entity, totality, sum total (SIG 850, 10 τὸν κόσμον τῶν ἔργων (but s. 1 above); Pr 17:6a) ὁ κ. τῆς ἀδικίας ἡ γλῶσσα καθίσταται the tongue becomes (or proves to be) the sum total of iniquity Js 3:6 (so, approx., Meinertz; FHauck.—MDibelius, Windisch and ASchlatter find mng. 7b here, whereas ACarr, Exp. 7th ser., 8, 1909, 318ff thinks of mng. 1). Χρ. τὸν ὑπὲρ τῆς τοῦ παντὸς κόσμου τῶν σῳζομένων σωτηρίας παθόντα Christ, who suffered or died (s. πάσχω 3aα) for the salvation of the sum total of those who are saved MPol 17:2.—FBytomski, D. genet. Entwicklung des Begriffes κόσμος in d. Hl. Schrift: Jahrb. für Philos. und spekul. Theol. 25, 1911, 180–201; 389–413 (only the OT); CSchneider, Pls u. d. Welt: Αγγελος IV ’32, 11–47; EvSchrenck, Der Kosmos-Begriff bei Joh.: Mitteilungen u. Nachrichten f. d. evang. Kirche in Russland 51, 1895, 1–29; RLöwe, Kosmos u. Aion ’35; RBultmann, D. Verständnis v. Welt u. Mensch im NT u. im Griechentum: ThBl 19, ’40, 1–14; GBornkamm, Christus u. die Welt in der urchr. Botschaft: ZTK 47, ’50, 212–26; ALesky, Kosmos ’63; RVölkl, Christ u. Welt nach dem NT ’61; GJohnston, οἰκουμένη and κ. in the NT: NTS 10, ’64, 352–60; NCassem, ibid. 19, ’72/73, 81–91; RBratcher, BT 31, ’80, 430–34.—B. 13; 440. DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > κόσμος

  • 2 Historical Portugal

       Before Romans described western Iberia or Hispania as "Lusitania," ancient Iberians inhabited the land. Phoenician and Greek trading settlements grew up in the Tagus estuary area and nearby coasts. Beginning around 202 BCE, Romans invaded what is today southern Portugal. With Rome's defeat of Carthage, Romans proceeded to conquer and rule the western region north of the Tagus, which they named Roman "Lusitania." In the fourth century CE, as Rome's rule weakened, the area experienced yet another invasion—Germanic tribes, principally the Suevi, who eventually were Christianized. During the sixth century CE, the Suevi kingdom was superseded by yet another Germanic tribe—the Christian Visigoths.
       A major turning point in Portugal's history came in 711, as Muslim armies from North Africa, consisting of both Arab and Berber elements, invaded the Iberian Peninsula from across the Straits of Gibraltar. They entered what is now Portugal in 714, and proceeded to conquer most of the country except for the far north. For the next half a millennium, Islam and Muslim presence in Portugal left a significant mark upon the politics, government, language, and culture of the country.
       Islam, Reconquest, and Portugal Created, 714-1140
       The long frontier struggle between Muslim invaders and Christian communities in the north of the Iberian peninsula was called the Reconquista (Reconquest). It was during this struggle that the first dynasty of Portuguese kings (Burgundian) emerged and the independent monarchy of Portugal was established. Christian forces moved south from what is now the extreme north of Portugal and gradually defeated Muslim forces, besieging and capturing towns under Muslim sway. In the ninth century, as Christian forces slowly made their way southward, Christian elements were dominant only in the area between Minho province and the Douro River; this region became known as "territorium Portu-calense."
       In the 11th century, the advance of the Reconquest quickened as local Christian armies were reinforced by crusading knights from what is now France and England. Christian forces took Montemor (1034), at the Mondego River; Lamego (1058); Viseu (1058); and Coimbra (1064). In 1095, the king of Castile and Léon granted the country of "Portu-cale," what became northern Portugal, to a Burgundian count who had emigrated from France. This was the foundation of Portugal. In 1139, a descendant of this count, Afonso Henriques, proclaimed himself "King of Portugal." He was Portugal's first monarch, the "Founder," and the first of the Burgundian dynasty, which ruled until 1385.
       The emergence of Portugal in the 12th century as a separate monarchy in Iberia occurred before the Christian Reconquest of the peninsula. In the 1140s, the pope in Rome recognized Afonso Henriques as king of Portugal. In 1147, after a long, bloody siege, Muslim-occupied Lisbon fell to Afonso Henriques's army. Lisbon was the greatest prize of the 500-year war. Assisting this effort were English crusaders on their way to the Holy Land; the first bishop of Lisbon was an Englishman. When the Portuguese captured Faro and Silves in the Algarve province in 1248-50, the Reconquest of the extreme western portion of the Iberian peninsula was complete—significantly, more than two centuries before the Spanish crown completed the Reconquest of the eastern portion by capturing Granada in 1492.
       Consolidation and Independence of Burgundian Portugal, 1140-1385
       Two main themes of Portugal's early existence as a monarchy are the consolidation of control over the realm and the defeat of a Castil-ian threat from the east to its independence. At the end of this period came the birth of a new royal dynasty (Aviz), which prepared to carry the Christian Reconquest beyond continental Portugal across the straits of Gibraltar to North Africa. There was a variety of motives behind these developments. Portugal's independent existence was imperiled by threats from neighboring Iberian kingdoms to the north and east. Politics were dominated not only by efforts against the Muslims in
       Portugal (until 1250) and in nearby southern Spain (until 1492), but also by internecine warfare among the kingdoms of Castile, Léon, Aragon, and Portugal. A final comeback of Muslim forces was defeated at the battle of Salado (1340) by allied Castilian and Portuguese forces. In the emerging Kingdom of Portugal, the monarch gradually gained power over and neutralized the nobility and the Church.
       The historic and commonplace Portuguese saying "From Spain, neither a good wind nor a good marriage" was literally played out in diplomacy and war in the late 14th-century struggles for mastery in the peninsula. Larger, more populous Castile was pitted against smaller Portugal. Castile's Juan I intended to force a union between Castile and Portugal during this era of confusion and conflict. In late 1383, Portugal's King Fernando, the last king of the Burgundian dynasty, suddenly died prematurely at age 38, and the Master of Aviz, Portugal's most powerful nobleman, took up the cause of independence and resistance against Castile's invasion. The Master of Aviz, who became King João I of Portugal, was able to obtain foreign assistance. With the aid of English archers, Joao's armies defeated the Castilians in the crucial battle of Aljubarrota, on 14 August 1385, a victory that assured the independence of the Portuguese monarchy from its Castilian nemesis for several centuries.
       Aviz Dynasty and Portugal's First Overseas Empire, 1385-1580
       The results of the victory at Aljubarrota, much celebrated in Portugal's art and monuments, and the rise of the Aviz dynasty also helped to establish a new merchant class in Lisbon and Oporto, Portugal's second city. This group supported King João I's program of carrying the Reconquest to North Africa, since it was interested in expanding Portugal's foreign commerce and tapping into Muslim trade routes and resources in Africa. With the Reconquest against the Muslims completed in Portugal and the threat from Castile thwarted for the moment, the Aviz dynasty launched an era of overseas conquest, exploration, and trade. These efforts dominated Portugal's 15th and 16th centuries.
       The overseas empire and age of Discoveries began with Portugal's bold conquest in 1415 of the Moroccan city of Ceuta. One royal member of the 1415 expedition was young, 21-year-old Prince Henry, later known in history as "Prince Henry the Navigator." His part in the capture of Ceuta won Henry his knighthood and began Portugal's "Marvelous Century," during which the small kingdom was counted as a European and world power of consequence. Henry was the son of King João I and his English queen, Philippa of Lancaster, but he did not inherit the throne. Instead, he spent most of his life and his fortune, and that of the wealthy military Order of Christ, on various imperial ventures and on voyages of exploration down the African coast and into the Atlantic. While mythology has surrounded Henry's controversial role in the Discoveries, and this role has been exaggerated, there is no doubt that he played a vital part in the initiation of Portugal's first overseas empire and in encouraging exploration. He was naturally curious, had a sense of mission for Portugal, and was a strong leader. He also had wealth to expend; at least a third of the African voyages of the time were under his sponsorship. If Prince Henry himself knew little science, significant scientific advances in navigation were made in his day.
       What were Portugal's motives for this new imperial effort? The well-worn historical cliche of "God, Glory, and Gold" can only partly explain the motivation of a small kingdom with few natural resources and barely 1 million people, which was greatly outnumbered by the other powers it confronted. Among Portuguese objectives were the desire to exploit known North African trade routes and resources (gold, wheat, leather, weaponry, and other goods that were scarce in Iberia); the need to outflank the Muslim world in the Mediterranean by sailing around Africa, attacking Muslims en route; and the wish to ally with Christian kingdoms beyond Africa. This enterprise also involved a strategy of breaking the Venetian spice monopoly by trading directly with the East by means of discovering and exploiting a sea route around Africa to Asia. Besides the commercial motives, Portugal nurtured a strong crusading sense of Christian mission, and various classes in the kingdom saw an opportunity for fame and gain.
       By the time of Prince Henry's death in 1460, Portugal had gained control of the Atlantic archipelagos of the Azores and Madeiras, begun to colonize the Cape Verde Islands, failed to conquer the Canary Islands from Castile, captured various cities on Morocco's coast, and explored as far as Senegal, West Africa, down the African coast. By 1488, Bar-tolomeu Dias had rounded the Cape of Good Hope in South Africa and thereby discovered the way to the Indian Ocean.
       Portugal's largely coastal African empire and later its fragile Asian empire brought unexpected wealth but were purchased at a high price. Costs included wars of conquest and defense against rival powers, manning the far-flung navel and trade fleets and scattered castle-fortresses, and staffing its small but fierce armies, all of which entailed a loss of skills and population to maintain a scattered empire. Always short of capital, the monarchy became indebted to bankers. There were many defeats beginning in the 16th century at the hands of the larger imperial European monarchies (Spain, France, England, and Holland) and many attacks on Portugal and its strung-out empire. Typically, there was also the conflict that arose when a tenuously held world empire that rarely if ever paid its way demanded finance and manpower Portugal itself lacked.
       The first 80 years of the glorious imperial era, the golden age of Portugal's imperial power and world influence, was an African phase. During 1415-88, Portuguese navigators and explorers in small ships, some of them caravelas (caravels), explored the treacherous, disease-ridden coasts of Africa from Morocco to South Africa beyond the Cape of Good Hope. By the 1470s, the Portuguese had reached the Gulf of Guinea and, in the early 1480s, what is now Angola. Bartolomeu Dias's extraordinary voyage of 1487-88 to South Africa's coast and the edge of the Indian Ocean convinced Portugal that the best route to Asia's spices and Christians lay south, around the tip of southern Africa. Between 1488 and 1495, there was a hiatus caused in part by domestic conflict in Portugal, discussion of resources available for further conquests beyond Africa in Asia, and serious questions as to Portugal's capacity to reach beyond Africa. In 1495, King Manuel and his council decided to strike for Asia, whatever the consequences. In 1497-99, Vasco da Gama, under royal orders, made the epic two-year voyage that discovered the sea route to western India (Asia), outflanked Islam and Venice, and began Portugal's Asian empire. Within 50 years, Portugal had discovered and begun the exploitation of its largest colony, Brazil, and set up forts and trading posts from the Middle East (Aden and Ormuz), India (Calicut, Goa, etc.), Malacca, and Indonesia to Macau in China.
       By the 1550s, parts of its largely coastal, maritime trading post empire from Morocco to the Moluccas were under siege from various hostile forces, including Muslims, Christians, and Hindi. Although Moroccan forces expelled the Portuguese from the major coastal cities by 1550, the rival European monarchies of Castile (Spain), England, France, and later Holland began to seize portions of her undermanned, outgunned maritime empire.
       In 1580, Phillip II of Spain, whose mother was a Portuguese princess and who had a strong claim to the Portuguese throne, invaded Portugal, claimed the throne, and assumed control over the realm and, by extension, its African, Asian, and American empires. Phillip II filled the power vacuum that appeared in Portugal following the loss of most of Portugal's army and its young, headstrong King Sebastião in a disastrous war in Morocco. Sebastiao's death in battle (1578) and the lack of a natural heir to succeed him, as well as the weak leadership of the cardinal who briefly assumed control in Lisbon, led to a crisis that Spain's strong monarch exploited. As a result, Portugal lost its independence to Spain for a period of 60 years.
       Portugal under Spanish Rule, 1580-1640
       Despite the disastrous nature of Portugal's experience under Spanish rule, "The Babylonian Captivity" gave birth to modern Portuguese nationalism, its second overseas empire, and its modern alliance system with England. Although Spain allowed Portugal's weakened empire some autonomy, Spanish rule in Portugal became increasingly burdensome and unacceptable. Spain's ambitious imperial efforts in Europe and overseas had an impact on the Portuguese as Spain made greater and greater demands on its smaller neighbor for manpower and money. Portugal's culture underwent a controversial Castilianization, while its empire became hostage to Spain's fortunes. New rival powers England, France, and Holland attacked and took parts of Spain's empire and at the same time attacked Portugal's empire, as well as the mother country.
       Portugal's empire bore the consequences of being attacked by Spain's bitter enemies in what was a form of world war. Portuguese losses were heavy. By 1640, Portugal had lost most of its Moroccan cities as well as Ceylon, the Moluccas, and sections of India. With this, Portugal's Asian empire was gravely weakened. Only Goa, Damão, Diu, Bombay, Timor, and Macau remained and, in Brazil, Dutch forces occupied the northeast.
       On 1 December 1640, long commemorated as a national holiday, Portuguese rebels led by the duke of Braganza overthrew Spanish domination and took advantage of Spanish weakness following a more serious rebellion in Catalonia. Portugal regained independence from Spain, but at a price: dependence on foreign assistance to maintain its independence in the form of the renewal of the alliance with England.
       Restoration and Second Empire, 1640-1822
       Foreign affairs and empire dominated the restoration era and aftermath, and Portugal again briefly enjoyed greater European power and prestige. The Anglo-Portuguese Alliance was renewed and strengthened in treaties of 1642, 1654, and 1661, and Portugal's independence from Spain was underwritten by English pledges and armed assistance. In a Luso-Spanish treaty of 1668, Spain recognized Portugal's independence. Portugal's alliance with England was a marriage of convenience and necessity between two monarchies with important religious, cultural, and social differences. In return for legal, diplomatic, and trade privileges, as well as the use during war and peace of Portugal's great Lisbon harbor and colonial ports for England's navy, England pledged to protect Portugal and its scattered empire from any attack. The previously cited 17th-century alliance treaties were renewed later in the Treaty of Windsor, signed in London in 1899. On at least 10 different occasions after 1640, and during the next two centuries, England was central in helping prevent or repel foreign invasions of its ally, Portugal.
       Portugal's second empire (1640-1822) was largely Brazil-oriented. Portuguese colonization, exploitation of wealth, and emigration focused on Portuguese America, and imperial revenues came chiefly from Brazil. Between 1670 and 1740, Portugal's royalty and nobility grew wealthier on funds derived from Brazilian gold, diamonds, sugar, tobacco, and other crops, an enterprise supported by the Atlantic slave trade and the supply of African slave labor from West Africa and Angola. Visitors today can see where much of that wealth was invested: Portugal's rich legacy of monumental architecture. Meanwhile, the African slave trade took a toll in Angola and West Africa.
       In continental Portugal, absolutist monarchy dominated politics and government, and there was a struggle for position and power between the monarchy and other institutions, such as the Church and nobility. King José I's chief minister, usually known in history as the marquis of Pombal (ruled 1750-77), sharply suppressed the nobility and the
       Church (including the Inquisition, now a weak institution) and expelled the Jesuits. Pombal also made an effort to reduce economic dependence on England, Portugal's oldest ally. But his successes did not last much beyond his disputed time in office.
       Beginning in the late 18th century, the European-wide impact of the French Revolution and the rise of Napoleon placed Portugal in a vulnerable position. With the monarchy ineffectively led by an insane queen (Maria I) and her indecisive regent son (João VI), Portugal again became the focus of foreign ambition and aggression. With England unable to provide decisive assistance in time, France—with Spain's consent—invaded Portugal in 1807. As Napoleon's army under General Junot entered Lisbon meeting no resistance, Portugal's royal family fled on a British fleet to Brazil, where it remained in exile until 1821. In the meantime, Portugal's overseas empire was again under threat. There was a power vacuum as the monarch was absent, foreign armies were present, and new political notions of liberalism and constitutional monarchy were exciting various groups of citizens.
       Again England came to the rescue, this time in the form of the armies of the duke of Wellington. Three successive French invasions of Portugal were defeated and expelled, and Wellington succeeded in carrying the war against Napoleon across the Portuguese frontier into Spain. The presence of the English army, the new French-born liberal ideas, and the political vacuum combined to create revolutionary conditions. The French invasions and the peninsular wars, where Portuguese armed forces played a key role, marked the beginning of a new era in politics.
       Liberalism and Constitutional Monarchy, 1822-1910
       During 1807-22, foreign invasions, war, and civil strife over conflicting political ideas gravely damaged Portugal's commerce, economy, and novice industry. The next terrible blow was the loss of Brazil in 1822, the jewel in the imperial crown. Portugal's very independence seemed to be at risk. In vain, Portugal sought to resist Brazilian independence by force, but in 1825 it formally acknowledged Brazilian independence by treaty.
       Portugal's slow recovery from the destructive French invasions and the "war of independence" was complicated by civil strife over the form of constitutional monarchy that best suited Portugal. After struggles over these issues between 1820 and 1834, Portugal settled somewhat uncertainly into a moderate constitutional monarchy whose constitution (Charter of 1826) lent it strong political powers to exert a moderating influence between the executive and legislative branches of the government. It also featured a new upper middle class based on land ownership and commerce; a Catholic Church that, although still important, lived with reduced privileges and property; a largely African (third) empire to which Lisbon and Oporto devoted increasing spiritual and material resources, starting with the liberal imperial plans of 1836 and 1851, and continuing with the work of institutions like the Lisbon Society of Geography (established 1875); and a mass of rural peasants whose bonds to the land weakened after 1850 and who began to immigrate in increasing numbers to Brazil and North America.
       Chronic military intervention in national politics began in 19th-century Portugal. Such intervention, usually commencing with coups or pronunciamentos (military revolts), was a shortcut to the spoils of political office and could reflect popular discontent as well as the power of personalities. An early example of this was the 1817 golpe (coup) attempt of General Gomes Freire against British military rule in Portugal before the return of King João VI from Brazil. Except for a more stable period from 1851 to 1880, military intervention in politics, or the threat thereof, became a feature of the constitutional monarchy's political life, and it continued into the First Republic and the subsequent Estado Novo.
       Beginning with the Regeneration period (1851-80), Portugal experienced greater political stability and economic progress. Military intervention in politics virtually ceased; industrialization and construction of railroads, roads, and bridges proceeded; two political parties (Regenerators and Historicals) worked out a system of rotation in power; and leading intellectuals sparked a cultural revival in several fields. In 19th-century literature, there was a new golden age led by such figures as Alexandre Herculano (historian), Eça de Queirós (novelist), Almeida Garrett (playwright and essayist), Antero de Quental (poet), and Joaquim Oliveira Martins (historian and social scientist). In its third overseas empire, Portugal attempted to replace the slave trade and slavery with legitimate economic activities; to reform the administration; and to expand Portuguese holdings beyond coastal footholds deep into the African hinterlands in West, West Central, and East Africa. After 1841, to some extent, and especially after 1870, colonial affairs, combined with intense nationalism, pressures for economic profit in Africa, sentiment for national revival, and the drift of European affairs would make or break Lisbon governments.
       Beginning with the political crisis that arose out of the "English Ultimatum" affair of January 1890, the monarchy became discredtted and identified with the poorly functioning government, political parties splintered, and republicanism found more supporters. Portugal participated in the "Scramble for Africa," expanding its African holdings, but failed to annex territory connecting Angola and Mozambique. A growing foreign debt and state bankruptcy as of the early 1890s damaged the constitutional monarchy's reputation, despite the efforts of King Carlos in diplomacy, the renewal of the alliance in the Windsor Treaty of 1899, and the successful if bloody colonial wars in the empire (1880-97). Republicanism proclaimed that Portugal's weak economy and poor society were due to two historic institutions: the monarchy and the Catholic Church. A republic, its stalwarts claimed, would bring greater individual liberty; efficient, if more decentralized government; and a stronger colonial program while stripping the Church of its role in both society and education.
       As the monarchy lost support and republicans became more aggressive, violence increased in politics. King Carlos I and his heir Luís were murdered in Lisbon by anarchist-republicans on 1 February 1908. Following a military and civil insurrection and fighting between monarchist and republican forces, on 5 October 1910, King Manuel II fled Portugal and a republic was proclaimed.
       First Parliamentary Republic, 1910-26
       Portugal's first attempt at republican government was the most unstable, turbulent parliamentary republic in the history of 20th-century Western Europe. During a little under 16 years of the republic, there were 45 governments, a number of legislatures that did not complete normal terms, military coups, and only one president who completed his four-year term in office. Portuguese society was poorly prepared for this political experiment. Among the deadly legacies of the monarchy were a huge public debt; a largely rural, apolitical, and illiterate peasant population; conflict over the causes of the country's misfortunes; and lack of experience with a pluralist, democratic system.
       The republic had some talented leadership but lacked popular, institutional, and economic support. The 1911 republican constitution established only a limited democracy, as only a small portion of the adult male citizenry was eligible to vote. In a country where the majority was Catholic, the republic passed harshly anticlerical laws, and its institutions and supporters persecuted both the Church and its adherents. During its brief disjointed life, the First Republic drafted important reform plans in economic, social, and educational affairs; actively promoted development in the empire; and pursued a liberal, generous foreign policy. Following British requests for Portugal's assistance in World War I, Portugal entered the war on the Allied side in March 1916 and sent armies to Flanders and Portuguese Africa. Portugal's intervention in that conflict, however, was too costly in many respects, and the ultimate failure of the republic in part may be ascribed to Portugal's World War I activities.
       Unfortunately for the republic, its time coincided with new threats to Portugal's African possessions: World War I, social and political demands from various classes that could not be reconciled, excessive military intervention in politics, and, in particular, the worst economic and financial crisis Portugal had experienced since the 16th and 17th centuries. After the original Portuguese Republican Party (PRP, also known as the "Democrats") splintered into three warring groups in 1912, no true multiparty system emerged. The Democrats, except for only one or two elections, held an iron monopoly of electoral power, and political corruption became a major issue. As extreme right-wing dictatorships elsewhere in Europe began to take power in Italy (1922), neighboring Spain (1923), and Greece (1925), what scant popular support remained for the republic collapsed. Backed by a right-wing coalition of landowners from Alentejo, clergy, Coimbra University faculty and students, Catholic organizations, and big business, career military officers led by General Gomes da Costa executed a coup on 28 May 1926, turned out the last republican government, and established a military government.
       The Estado Novo (New State), 1926-74
       During the military phase (1926-32) of the Estado Novo, professional military officers, largely from the army, governed and administered Portugal and held key cabinet posts, but soon discovered that the military possessed no magic formula that could readily solve the problems inherited from the First Republic. Especially during the years 1926-31, the military dictatorship, even with its political repression of republican activities and institutions (military censorship of the press, political police action, and closure of the republic's rowdy parliament), was characterized by similar weaknesses: personalism and factionalism; military coups and political instability, including civil strife and loss of life; state debt and bankruptcy; and a weak economy. "Barracks parliamentarism" was not an acceptable alternative even to the "Nightmare Republic."
       Led by General Óscar Carmona, who had replaced and sent into exile General Gomes da Costa, the military dictatorship turned to a civilian expert in finance and economics to break the budget impasse and bring coherence to the disorganized system. Appointed minister of finance on 27 April 1928, the Coimbra University Law School professor of economics Antônio de Oliveira Salazar (1889-1970) first reformed finance, helped balance the budget, and then turned to other concerns as he garnered extraordinary governing powers. In 1930, he was appointed interim head of another key ministry (Colonies) and within a few years had become, in effect, a civilian dictator who, with the military hierarchy's support, provided the government with coherence, a program, and a set of policies.
       For nearly 40 years after he was appointed the first civilian prime minister in 1932, Salazar's personality dominated the government. Unlike extreme right-wing dictators elsewhere in Europe, Salazar was directly appointed by the army but was never endorsed by a popular political party, street militia, or voter base. The scholarly, reclusive former Coimbra University professor built up what became known after 1932 as the Estado Novo ("New State"), which at the time of its overthrow by another military coup in 1974, was the longest surviving authoritarian regime in Western Europe. The system of Salazar and the largely academic and technocratic ruling group he gathered in his cabinets was based on the central bureaucracy of the state, which was supported by the president of the republic—always a senior career military officer, General Óscar Carmona (1928-51), General Craveiro Lopes (1951-58), and Admiral Américo Tómaz (1958-74)—and the complicity of various institutions. These included a rubber-stamp legislature called the National Assembly (1935-74) and a political police known under various names: PVDE (1932-45), PIDE (1945-69),
       and DGS (1969-74). Other defenders of the Estado Novo security were paramilitary organizations such as the National Republican Guard (GNR); the Portuguese Legion (PL); and the Portuguese Youth [Movement]. In addition to censorship of the media, theater, and books, there was political repression and a deliberate policy of depoliticization. All political parties except for the approved movement of regime loyalists, the União Nacional or (National Union), were banned.
       The most vigorous and more popular period of the New State was 1932-44, when the basic structures were established. Never monolithic or entirely the work of one person (Salazar), the New State was constructed with the assistance of several dozen top associates who were mainly academics from law schools, some technocrats with specialized skills, and a handful of trusted career military officers. The 1933 Constitution declared Portugal to be a "unitary, corporative Republic," and pressures to restore the monarchy were resisted. Although some of the regime's followers were fascists and pseudofascists, many more were conservative Catholics, integralists, nationalists, and monarchists of different varieties, and even some reactionary republicans. If the New State was authoritarian, it was not totalitarian and, unlike fascism in Benito Mussolini's Italy or Adolf Hitler's Germany, it usually employed the minimum of violence necessary to defeat what remained a largely fractious, incoherent opposition.
       With the tumultuous Second Republic and the subsequent civil war in nearby Spain, the regime felt threatened and reinforced its defenses. During what Salazar rightly perceived as a time of foreign policy crisis for Portugal (1936-45), he assumed control of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs. From there, he pursued four basic foreign policy objectives: supporting the Nationalist rebels of General Francisco Franco in the Spanish Civil War (1936-39) and concluding defense treaties with a triumphant Franco; ensuring that General Franco in an exhausted Spain did not enter World War II on the Axis side; maintaining Portuguese neutrality in World War II with a post-1942 tilt toward the Allies, including granting Britain and the United States use of bases in the Azores Islands; and preserving and protecting Portugal's Atlantic Islands and its extensive, if poor, overseas empire in Africa and Asia.
       During the middle years of the New State (1944-58), many key Salazar associates in government either died or resigned, and there was greater social unrest in the form of unprecedented strikes and clandestine Communist activities, intensified opposition, and new threatening international pressures on Portugal's overseas empire. During the earlier phase of the Cold War (1947-60), Portugal became a steadfast, if weak, member of the US-dominated North Atlantic Treaty Organization alliance and, in 1955, with American support, Portugal joined the United Nations (UN). Colonial affairs remained a central concern of the regime. As of 1939, Portugal was the third largest colonial power in the world and possessed territories in tropical Africa (Angola, Mozambique, Guinea-Bissau, and São Tomé and Príncipe Islands) and the remnants of its 16th-century empire in Asia (Goa, Damão, Diu, East Timor, and Macau). Beginning in the early 1950s, following the independence of India in 1947, Portugal resisted Indian pressures to decolonize Portuguese India and used police forces to discourage internal opposition in its Asian and African colonies.
       The later years of the New State (1958-68) witnessed the aging of the increasingly isolated but feared Salazar and new threats both at home and overseas. Although the regime easily overcame the brief oppositionist threat from rival presidential candidate General Humberto Delgado in the spring of 1958, new developments in the African and Asian empires imperiled the authoritarian system. In February 1961, oppositionists hijacked the Portuguese ocean liner Santa Maria and, in following weeks, African insurgents in northern Angola, although they failed to expel the Portuguese, gained worldwide media attention, discredited the New State, and began the 13-year colonial war. After thwarting a dissident military coup against his continued leadership, Salazar and his ruling group mobilized military repression in Angola and attempted to develop the African colonies at a faster pace in order to ensure Portuguese control. Meanwhile, the other European colonial powers (Britain, France, Belgium, and Spain) rapidly granted political independence to their African territories.
       At the time of Salazar's removal from power in September 1968, following a stroke, Portugal's efforts to maintain control over its colonies appeared to be successful. President Americo Tomás appointed Dr. Marcello Caetano as Salazar's successor as prime minister. While maintaining the New State's basic structures, and continuing the regime's essential colonial policy, Caetano attempted wider reforms in colonial administration and some devolution of power from Lisbon, as well as more freedom of expression in Lisbon. Still, a great deal of the budget was devoted to supporting the wars against the insurgencies in Africa. Meanwhile in Asia, Portuguese India had fallen when the Indian army invaded in December 1961. The loss of Goa was a psychological blow to the leadership of the New State, and of the Asian empire only East Timor and Macau remained.
       The Caetano years (1968-74) were but a hiatus between the waning Salazar era and a new regime. There was greater political freedom and rapid economic growth (5-6 percent annually to late 1973), but Caetano's government was unable to reform the old system thoroughly and refused to consider new methods either at home or in the empire. In the end, regime change came from junior officers of the professional military who organized the Armed Forces Movement (MFA) against the Caetano government. It was this group of several hundred officers, mainly in the army and navy, which engineered a largely bloodless coup in Lisbon on 25 April 1974. Their unexpected action brought down the 48-year-old New State and made possible the eventual establishment and consolidation of democratic governance in Portugal, as well as a reorientation of the country away from the Atlantic toward Europe.
       Revolution of Carnations, 1974-76
       Following successful military operations of the Armed Forces Movement against the Caetano government, Portugal experienced what became known as the "Revolution of Carnations." It so happened that during the rainy week of the military golpe, Lisbon flower shops were featuring carnations, and the revolutionaries and their supporters adopted the red carnation as the common symbol of the event, as well as of the new freedom from dictatorship. The MFA, whose leaders at first were mostly little-known majors and captains, proclaimed a three-fold program of change for the new Portugal: democracy; decolonization of the overseas empire, after ending the colonial wars; and developing a backward economy in the spirit of opportunity and equality. During the first 24 months after the coup, there was civil strife, some anarchy, and a power struggle. With the passing of the Estado Novo, public euphoria burst forth as the new provisional military government proclaimed the freedoms of speech, press, and assembly, and abolished censorship, the political police, the Portuguese Legion, Portuguese Youth, and other New State organizations, including the National Union. Scores of political parties were born and joined the senior political party, the Portuguese Community Party (PCP), and the Socialist Party (PS), founded shortly before the coup.
       Portugal's Revolution of Carnations went through several phases. There was an attempt to take control by radical leftists, including the PCP and its allies. This was thwarted by moderate officers in the army, as well as by the efforts of two political parties: the PS and the Social Democrats (PPD, later PSD). The first phase was from April to September 1974. Provisional president General Antonio Spínola, whose 1974 book Portugal and the Future had helped prepare public opinion for the coup, met irresistible leftist pressures. After Spinola's efforts to avoid rapid decolonization of the African empire failed, he resigned in September 1974. During the second phase, from September 1974 to March 1975, radical military officers gained control, but a coup attempt by General Spínola and his supporters in Lisbon in March 1975 failed and Spínola fled to Spain.
       In the third phase of the Revolution, March-November 1975, a strong leftist reaction followed. Farm workers occupied and "nationalized" 1.1 million hectares of farmland in the Alentejo province, and radical military officers in the provisional government ordered the nationalization of Portuguese banks (foreign banks were exempted), utilities, and major industries, or about 60 percent of the economic system. There were power struggles among various political parties — a total of 50 emerged—and in the streets there was civil strife among labor, military, and law enforcement groups. A constituent assembly, elected on 25 April 1975, in Portugal's first free elections since 1926, drafted a democratic constitution. The Council of the Revolution (CR), briefly a revolutionary military watchdog committee, was entrenched as part of the government under the constitution, until a later revision. During the chaotic year of 1975, about 30 persons were killed in political frays while unstable provisional governments came and went. On 25 November 1975, moderate military forces led by Colonel Ramalho Eanes, who later was twice elected president of the republic (1976 and 1981), defeated radical, leftist military groups' revolutionary conspiracies.
       In the meantime, Portugal's scattered overseas empire experienced a precipitous and unprepared decolonization. One by one, the former colonies were granted and accepted independence—Guinea-Bissau (September 1974), Cape Verde Islands (July 1975), and Mozambique (July 1975). Portugal offered to turn over Macau to the People's Republic of China, but the offer was refused then and later negotiations led to the establishment of a formal decolonization or hand-over date of 1999. But in two former colonies, the process of decolonization had tragic results.
       In Angola, decolonization negotiations were greatly complicated by the fact that there were three rival nationalist movements in a struggle for power. The January 1975 Alvor Agreement signed by Portugal and these three parties was not effectively implemented. A bloody civil war broke out in Angola in the spring of 1975 and, when Portuguese armed forces withdrew and declared that Angola was independent on 11 November 1975, the bloodshed only increased. Meanwhile, most of the white Portuguese settlers from Angola and Mozambique fled during the course of 1975. Together with African refugees, more than 600,000 of these retornados ("returned ones") went by ship and air to Portugal and thousands more to Namibia, South Africa, Brazil, Canada, and the United States.
       The second major decolonization disaster was in Portugal's colony of East Timor in the Indonesian archipelago. Portugal's capacity to supervise and control a peaceful transition to independence in this isolated, neglected colony was limited by the strength of giant Indonesia, distance from Lisbon, and Portugal's revolutionary disorder and inability to defend Timor. In early December 1975, before Portugal granted formal independence and as one party, FRETILIN, unilaterally declared East Timor's independence, Indonesia's armed forces invaded, conquered, and annexed East Timor. Indonesian occupation encountered East Timorese resistance, and a heavy loss of life followed. The East Timor question remained a contentious international issue in the UN, as well as in Lisbon and Jakarta, for more than 20 years following Indonesia's invasion and annexation of the former colony of Portugal. Major changes occurred, beginning in 1998, after Indonesia underwent a political revolution and allowed a referendum in East Timor to decide that territory's political future in August 1999. Most East Timorese chose independence, but Indonesian forces resisted that verdict until
       UN intervention in September 1999. Following UN rule for several years, East Timor attained full independence on 20 May 2002.
       Consolidation of Democracy, 1976-2000
       After several free elections and record voter turnouts between 25 April 1975 and June 1976, civil war was averted and Portugal's second democratic republic began to stabilize. The MFA was dissolved, the military were returned to the barracks, and increasingly elected civilians took over the government of the country. The 1976 Constitution was revised several times beginning in 1982 and 1989, in order to reempha-size the principle of free enterprise in the economy while much of the large, nationalized sector was privatized. In June 1976, General Ram-alho Eanes was elected the first constitutional president of the republic (five-year term), and he appointed socialist leader Dr. Mário Soares as prime minister of the first constitutional government.
       From 1976 to 1985, Portugal's new system featured a weak economy and finances, labor unrest, and administrative and political instability. The difficult consolidation of democratic governance was eased in part by the strong currency and gold reserves inherited from the Estado Novo, but Lisbon seemed unable to cope with high unemployment, new debt, the complex impact of the refugees from Africa, world recession, and the agitation of political parties. Four major parties emerged from the maelstrom of 1974-75, except for the Communist Party, all newly founded. They were, from left to right, the Communists (PCP); the Socialists (PS), who managed to dominate governments and the legislature but not win a majority in the Assembly of the Republic; the Social Democrats (PSD); and the Christian Democrats (CDS). During this period, the annual growth rate was low (l-2 percent), and the nationalized sector of the economy stagnated.
       Enhanced economic growth, greater political stability, and more effective central government as of 1985, and especially 1987, were due to several developments. In 1977, Portugal applied for membership in the European Economic Community (EEC), now the European Union (EU) since 1993. In January 1986, with Spain, Portugal was granted membership, and economic and financial progress in the intervening years has been significantly influenced by the comparatively large investment, loans, technology, advice, and other assistance from the EEC. Low unemployment, high annual growth rates (5 percent), and moderate inflation have also been induced by the new political and administrative stability in Lisbon. Led by Prime Minister Cavaco Silva, an economist who was trained abroad, the PSD's strong organization, management, and electoral support since 1985 have assisted in encouraging economic recovery and development. In 1985, the PSD turned the PS out of office and won the general election, although they did not have an absolute majority of assembly seats. In 1986, Mário Soares was elected president of the republic, the first civilian to hold that office since the First Republic. In the elections of 1987 and 1991, however, the PSD was returned to power with clear majorities of over 50 percent of the vote.
       Although the PSD received 50.4 percent of the vote in the 1991 parliamentary elections and held a 42-seat majority in the Assembly of the Republic, the party began to lose public support following media revelations regarding corruption and complaints about Prime Minister Cavaco Silva's perceived arrogant leadership style. President Mário Soares voiced criticism of the PSD's seemingly untouchable majority and described a "tyranny of the majority." Economic growth slowed down. In the parliamentary elections of 1995 and the presidential election of 1996, the PSD's dominance ended for the time being. Prime Minister Antônio Guterres came to office when the PS won the October 1995 elections, and in the subsequent presidential contest, in January 1996, socialist Jorge Sampaio, the former mayor of Lisbon, was elected president of the republic, thus defeating Cavaco Silva's bid. Young and popular, Guterres moved the PS toward the center of the political spectrum. Under Guterres, the PS won the October 1999 parliamentary elections. The PS defeated the PSD but did not manage to win a clear, working majority of seats, and this made the PS dependent upon alliances with smaller parties, including the PCP.
       In the local elections in December 2001, the PSD's criticism of PS's heavy public spending allowed the PSD to take control of the key cities of Lisbon, Oporto, and Coimbra. Guterres resigned, and parliamentary elections were brought forward from 2004 to March 2002. The PSD won a narrow victory with 40 percent of the votes, and Jose Durão Barroso became prime minister. Having failed to win a majority of the seats in parliament forced the PSD to govern in coalition with the right-wing Popular Party (PP) led by Paulo Portas. Durão Barroso set about reducing government spending by cutting the budgets of local authorities, freezing civil service hiring, and reviving the economy by accelerating privatization of state-owned enterprises. These measures provoked a 24-hour strike by public-sector workers. Durão Barroso reacted with vows to press ahead with budget-cutting measures and imposed a wage freeze on all employees earning more than €1,000, which affected more than one-half of Portugal's work force.
       In June 2004, Durão Barroso was invited by Romano Prodi to succeed him as president of the European Commission. Durão Barroso accepted and resigned the prime ministership in July. Pedro Santana Lopes, the leader of the PSD, became prime minister. Already unpopular at the time of Durão Barroso's resignation, the PSD-led government became increasingly unpopular under Santana Lopes. A month-long delay in the start of the school year and confusion over his plan to cut taxes and raise public-sector salaries, eroded confidence even more. By November, Santana Lopes's government was so unpopular that President Jorge Sampaio was obliged to dissolve parliament and hold new elections, two years ahead of schedule.
       Parliamentary elections were held on 20 February 2005. The PS, which had promised the electorate disciplined and transparent governance, educational reform, the alleviation of poverty, and a boost in employment, won 45 percent of the vote and the majority of the seats in parliament. The leader of the PS, José Sôcrates became prime minister on 12 March 2005. In the regularly scheduled presidential elections held on 6 January 2006, the former leader of the PSD and prime minister, Aníbal Cavaco Silva, won a narrow victory and became president on 9 March 2006. With a mass protest, public teachers' strike, and street demonstrations in March 2008, Portugal's media, educational, and social systems experienced more severe pressures. With the spreading global recession beginning in September 2008, Portugal's economic and financial systems became more troubled.
       Owing to its geographic location on the southwestern most edge of continental Europe, Portugal has been historically in but not of Europe. Almost from the beginning of its existence in the 12th century as an independent monarchy, Portugal turned its back on Europe and oriented itself toward the Atlantic Ocean. After carving out a Christian kingdom on the western portion of the Iberian peninsula, Portuguese kings gradually built and maintained a vast seaborne global empire that became central to the way Portugal understood its individuality as a nation-state. While the creation of this empire allows Portugal to claim an unusual number of "firsts" or distinctions in world and Western history, it also retarded Portugal's economic, social, and political development. It can be reasonably argued that the Revolution of 25 April 1974 was the most decisive event in Portugal's long history because it finally ended Portugal's oceanic mission and view of itself as an imperial power. After the 1974 Revolution, Portugal turned away from its global mission and vigorously reoriented itself toward Europe. Contemporary Portugal is now both in and of Europe.
       The turn toward Europe began immediately after 25 April 1974. Portugal granted independence to its African colonies in 1975. It was admitted to the European Council and took the first steps toward accession to the European Economic Community (EEC) in 1976. On 28 March 1977, the Portuguese government officially applied for EEC membership. Because of Portugal's economic and social backwardness, which would require vast sums of EEC money to overcome, negotiations for membership were long and difficult. Finally, a treaty of accession was signed on 12 June 1985. Portugal officially joined the EEC (the European Union [EU] since 1993) on 1 January 1986. Since becoming a full-fledged member of the EU, Portugal has been steadily overcoming the economic and social underdevelopment caused by its imperial past and is becoming more like the rest of Europe.
       Membership in the EU has speeded up the structural transformation of Portugal's economy, which actually began during the Estado Novo. Investments made by the Estado Novo in Portugal's economy began to shift employment out of the agricultural sector, which, in 1950, accounted for 50 percent of Portugal's economically active population. Today, only 10 percent of the economically active population is employed in the agricultural sector (the highest among EU member states); 30 percent in the industrial sector (also the highest among EU member states); and 60 percent in the service sector (the lowest among EU member states). The economically active population numbers about 5,000,000 employed, 56 percent of whom are women. Women workers are the majority of the workforce in the agricultural and service sectors (the highest among the EU member states). The expansion of the service sector has been primarily in health care and education. Portugal has had the lowest unemployment rates among EU member states, with the overall rate never being more than 10 percent of the active population. Since joining the EU, the number of employers increased from 2.6 percent to 5.8 percent of the active population; self-employed from 16 to 19 percent; and employees from 65 to 70 percent. Twenty-six percent of the employers are women. Unemployment tends to hit younger workers in industry and transportation, women employed in domestic service, workers on short-term contracts, and poorly educated workers. Salaried workers earn only 63 percent of the EU average, and hourly workers only one-third to one-half of that earned by their EU counterparts. Despite having had the second highest growth of gross national product (GNP) per inhabitant (after Ireland) among EU member states, the above data suggest that while much has been accomplished in terms of modernizing the Portuguese economy, much remains to be done to bring Portugal's economy up to the level of the "average" EU member state.
       Membership in the EU has also speeded up changes in Portuguese society. Over the last 30 years, coastalization and urbanization have intensified. Fully 50 percent of Portuguese live in the coastal urban conurbations of Lisbon, Oporto, Braga, Aveiro, Coimbra, Viseu, Évora, and Faro. The Portuguese population is one of the oldest among EU member states (17.3 percent are 65 years of age or older) thanks to a considerable increase in life expectancy at birth (77.87 years for the total population, 74.6 years for men, 81.36 years for women) and one of the lowest birthrates (10.59 births/1,000) in Europe. Family size averages 2.8 persons per household, with the strict nuclear family (one or two generations) in which both parents work being typical. Common law marriages, cohabitating couples, and single-parent households are more and more common. The divorce rate has also increased. "Youth Culture" has developed. The young have their own meeting places, leisure-time activities, and nightlife (bars, clubs, and discos).
       All Portuguese citizens, whether they have contributed or not, have a right to an old-age pension, invalidity benefits, widowed persons' pension, as well as payments for disabilities, children, unemployment, and large families. There is a national minimum wage (€385 per month), which is low by EU standards. The rapid aging of Portugal's population has changed the ratio of contributors to pensioners to 1.7, the lowest in the EU. This has created deficits in Portugal's social security fund.
       The adult literacy rate is about 92 percent. Illiteracy is still found among the elderly. Although universal compulsory education up to grade 9 was achieved in 1980, only 21.2 percent of the population aged 25-64 had undergone secondary education, compared to an EU average of 65.7 percent. Portugal's higher education system currently consists of 14 state universities and 14 private universities, 15 state polytechnic institutions, one Catholic university, and one military academy. All in all, Portugal spends a greater percentage of its state budget on education than most EU member states. Despite this high level of expenditure, the troubled Portuguese education system does not perform well. Early leaving and repetition rates are among the highest among EU member states.
       After the Revolution of 25 April 1974, Portugal created a National Health Service, which today consists of 221 hospitals and 512 medical centers employing 33,751 doctors and 41,799 nurses. Like its education system, Portugal's medical system is inefficient. There are long waiting lists for appointments with specialists and for surgical procedures.
       Structural changes in Portugal's economy and society mean that social life in Portugal is not too different from that in other EU member states. A mass consumption society has been created. Televisions, telephones, refrigerators, cars, music equipment, mobile phones, and personal computers are commonplace. Sixty percent of Portuguese households possess at least one automobile, and 65 percent of Portuguese own their own home. Portuguese citizens are more aware of their legal rights than ever before. This has resulted in a trebling of the number of legal proceeding since 1960 and an eight-fold increase in the number of lawyers. In general, Portuguese society has become more permissive and secular; the Catholic Church and the armed forces are much less influential than in the past. Portugal's population is also much more culturally, religiously, and ethnically diverse, a consequence of the coming to Portugal of hundreds of thousands of immigrants, mainly from former African colonies.
       Portuguese are becoming more cosmopolitan and sophisticated through the impact of world media, the Internet, and the World Wide Web. A prime case in point came in the summer and early fall of 1999, with the extraordinary events in East Timor and the massive Portuguese popular responses. An internationally monitored referendum in East Timor, Portugal's former colony in the Indonesian archipelago and under Indonesian occupation from late 1975 to summer 1999, resulted in a vote of 78.5 percent for rejecting integration with Indonesia and for independence. When Indonesian prointegration gangs, aided by the Indonesian military, responded to the referendum with widespread brutality and threatened to reverse the verdict of the referendum, there was a spontaneous popular outpouring of protest in the cities and towns of Portugal. An avalanche of Portuguese e-mail fell on leaders and groups in the UN and in certain countries around the world as Portugal's diplomats, perhaps to compensate for the weak initial response to Indonesian armed aggression in 1975, called for the protection of East Timor as an independent state and for UN intervention to thwart Indonesian action. Using global communications networks, the Portuguese were able to mobilize UN and world public opinion against Indonesian actions and aided the eventual independence of East Timor on 20 May 2002.
       From the Revolution of 25 April 1974 until the 1990s, Portugal had a large number of political parties, one of the largest Communist parties in western Europe, frequent elections, and endemic cabinet instability. Since the 1990s, the number of political parties has been dramatically reduced and cabinet stability increased. Gradually, the Portuguese electorate has concentrated around two larger parties, the right-of-center Social Democrats (PSD) and the left-of-center Socialist (PS). In the 1980s, these two parties together garnered 65 percent of the vote and 70 percent of the seats in parliament. In 2005, these percentages had risen to 74 percent and 85 percent, respectively. In effect, Portugal is currently a two-party dominant system in which the two largest parties — PS and PSD—alternate in and out of power, not unlike the rotation of the two main political parties (the Regenerators and the Historicals) during the last decades (1850s to 1880s) of the liberal constitutional monarchy. As Portugal's democracy has consolidated, turnout rates for the eligible electorate have declined. In the 1970s, turnout was 85 percent. In Portugal's most recent parliamentary election (2005), turnout had fallen to 65 percent of the eligible electorate.
       Portugal has benefited greatly from membership in the EU, and whatever doubts remain about the price paid for membership, no Portuguese government in the near future can afford to sever this connection. The vast majority of Portuguese citizens see membership in the EU as a "good thing" and strongly believe that Portugal has benefited from membership. Only the Communist Party opposed membership because it reduces national sovereignty, serves the interests of capitalists not workers, and suffers from a democratic deficit. Despite the high level of support for the EU, Portuguese voters are increasingly not voting in elections for the European Parliament, however. Turnout for European Parliament elections fell from 40 percent of the eligible electorate in the 1999 elections to 38 percent in the 2004 elections.
       In sum, Portugal's turn toward Europe has done much to overcome its backwardness. However, despite the economic, social, and political progress made since 1986, Portugal has a long way to go before it can claim to be on a par with the level found even in Spain, much less the rest of western Europe. As Portugal struggles to move from underde-velopment, especially in the rural areas away from the coast, it must keep in mind the perils of too rapid modern development, which could damage two of its most precious assets: its scenery and environment. The growth and future prosperity of the economy will depend on the degree to which the government and the private sector will remain stewards of clean air, soil, water, and other finite resources on which the tourism industry depends and on which Portugal's world image as a unique place to visit rests. Currently, Portugal is investing heavily in renewable energy from solar, wind, and wave power in order to account for about 50 percent of its electricity needs by 2010. Portugal opened the world's largest solar power plant and the world's first commercial wave power farm in 2006.
       An American documentary film on Portugal produced in the 1970s described this little country as having "a Past in Search of a Future." In the years after the Revolution of 25 April 1974, it could be said that Portugal is now living in "a Present in Search of a Future." Increasingly, that future lies in Europe as an active and productive member of the EU.

    Historical dictionary of Portugal > Historical Portugal

  • 3 primero

    adj.
    first, prime, foremost.
    adv.
    first, in the first place, firstly, for one thing.
    * * *
    1 first
    nombre masculino,nombre femenino
    1 first
    \
    a primeros de mes/año at the beginning of the month/year
    lo primero es lo primero first things first Table 1 NOTA Before singular masculine nouns the form primer is used /Table 1
    ————————
    * * *
    1. (f. - primera)
    adj.
    2. (f. - primera)
    noun
    3. adv.
    * * *
    primero, -a
    1. ADJ
    ( antes de sm sing primer)
    1) [en el espacio] [página, planta] first; [fila] front, first

    vivo en el primer pisoI live on the first o (EEUU) second floor

    una foto en primera página — a front-page photo, a photo on the front page

    estar primero — [en una cola] to be first; [en importancia] to come first

    perdone, pero yo estaba primero — excuse me, but I was first

    plana 1), plano 2., 3)
    2) [en el tiempo] [día, semana, fase] first; [época, poemas] early; [síntoma] first, early

    en los primeros años del siglo — in the early years of the century

    a primera hora (de la mañana) — first thing in the morning

    en primer lugar[dentro de un orden] first of all; [para dar énfasis] in the first place

    en primer lugar, tú no deberías haber dicho nada — in the first place, you shouldn't have said anything

    hora 2), b), guerra 1)
    3) (=principal) [deber, objetivo] main, primary

    artículos de primera necesidad — basic essentials, staple items

    primer actorleading man

    primera actrizleading lady

    primeros auxiliosfirst aid

    de primera categoríafirst-class

    un puerto de primera categoría — (Ciclismo) a first-category climb

    primer espada — (Taur) principal bullfighter

    primer violín(=concertino) leader; [de sección] first violin

    bailarín, dama, mandatario, ministro, piedra
    2.
    SM / F first

    soy el primero de la lista — I'm top of the list, I'm first on the list

    quedó entre los diez primeroshe was in o among the first ten

    es la primera de la clase — she is the best in the class, she is top of the class

    bueno 1., 9), vista 1., 6), d), primera
    3. SM
    1)

    a primeros (de mes) — at the beginning of the month

    2) (tb: primer plato) starter, first course

    ¿qué van a tomar de primero? — what will you have as a starter o for the first course?

    4. ADV
    1) (=en primer lugar) first

    primero iremos a comprar y luego al cine — first, we'll do the shopping and then go to the cinema

    2) [indicando preferencia] sooner, rather

    primero se queda en casa que pedir dineroshe'd sooner o rather stay at home than ask for money

    ¡primero morir! — I'd rather die!

    * * *
    I
    - ra adjetivo/pronombre [ primer is used before masculine singular nouns]
    1) (en el espacio, el tiempo) first

    vivo en el primer pisoI live on the second (AmE) o (BrE) first floor

    en primer lugar... — first (of all),..., firstly,...

    sus primeros poemasher early o first poems

    1o de julio — (read as: primero de julio) 1st July, July 1st (léase: July the first)

    Olaf I(read as: Olaf primero) Olaf I (léase: Olaf the First)

    2) (en calidad, jerarquía)

    de primera categoría — first-class, first-rate

    de primera — first-class, first-rate

    3) (básico, fundamental)

    lo primero es... — the most important thing is...

    II
    1) ( en el tiempo) first
    * * *
    = early [earlier -comp., earliest -sup.], first (1st), foremost, first ever, topmost [top most], top-of-mind.
    Ex. Microforms are easy to use, although there were early reservations concerning the fact that users need to become familiar with any specific kind of microform and its reader.
    Ex. The first objective, however, is best satisfied by the second policy.
    Ex. Foremost among those recommendations was one pertaining to the development of a UNIMARC format for authorities.
    Ex. In April 1993 the first ever computer crime legislation came into existence in Hong Kong.
    Ex. Thus each heap was delivered to the warehouseman with the final impressions of both formes on the topmost sheet.
    Ex. Computer security is a top-of-mind subject for both IT managers and their corporate bosses.
    ----
    * alumno de primer año = first grader.
    * alumno de primer curso = first grader.
    * alumno de primero = first grader.
    * amor a primera vista = love at first sight.
    * aparecer por primera vez = premiere.
    * a primera hora de la mañana = first thing in the morning.
    * a primera hora de + Período del Día = first thing + Período del Día.
    * a primeras horas de la tarde = late afternoon.
    * a primera vista = on first acquaintance, at first sight, on first inspection, on the face of it, at first blush, at first glance, on the surface, prima facie, first-blush.
    * a primeros de + Fecha = in the early + Fecha.
    * asesinato en primer grado = first-degree murder.
    * asiento de primera fila = ringside seat, ringside ticket.
    * atacar primero = preemptive strike.
    * botiquín de primeros auxilios = first-aid kit.
    * butaca de primera fila = ringside seat, ringside ticket.
    * cabo primero = lance corporal.
    * causar una buena primera impresión = make + a good first impression.
    * causar una primera impresión = make + a first impression.
    * colocar como primer elemento de un encabezamiento compuesto = lead.
    * como primera elección = as a first preference.
    * con el primer intento = at the first shot.
    * conocer de primera mano = know + first-hand.
    * contratar al primero que solicita el trabajo = hire on a first-come, first-take basis.
    * correo de primera clase = first class post.
    * dar el primer paso = make + a start, take + the first step.
    * dar los primeros pasos en = venture into.
    * de buenas a primeras = right off the bat, suddenly, without warning, all of a sudden, just like that.
    * de primera = best-quality, top-notch, blue chip [blue-chip], prime, tip-top, first-rate.
    * de primera calidad = premium, premier.
    * de primera clase = first class, first-rate, tip-top.
    * de primera línea = first-line.
    * de primera magnitud = fully blown.
    * de primera mano = at first hand, first-hand [firsthand], first-person.
    * de primera persona = first-person.
    * de primeras = at first sight, on the face of it, at first glance, first-blush, up-front [up front].
    * de primer grado = in the first degree.
    * de primer nivel = first-level.
    * de primer orden = first-order [1st-order], world-class, blue chip [blue-chip].
    * descripción bibliográfica de primer nivel = first-level bibliographic description.
    * desde el primer día = from day one.
    * desde el primer momento = from the word go, from the word get-go.
    * desde los primeros tiempos = since the earliest of times, from earliest times.
    * desventaja del primero en tomar la iniciativa = first-mover disadvantage.
    * desventaja del primero que hace Algo = first-mover disadvantage, first-mover advantage.
    * dilema de qué es primero el huevo o la gallina = chicken and egg situation.
    * durante los primeros años = during the early years.
    * el primer intento = the first time around.
    * el primer + Nombre = the earliest + Nombre.
    * el primero mencionado = former.
    * encargado de prestar los primeros auxilios = first aider.
    * en el primer caso = in the former case.
    * en los primeros años de = early in.
    * en los primeros años de vida = early in life.
    * en primera instancia = in the first instance.
    * en primera línea = in the front line, first-line, on the front line.
    * en primer lugar = firstly, in the first place, in the first instance, first and foremost, first off.
    * escuela de primer ciclo de secundaria = intermediate school.
    * estar entre los primeros = stay on top.
    * estudiante de primer año = freshman [freshmen, -pl.], first-year student.
    * experiencia de primera mano = first-hand experience.
    * hacer los primeros pinitos = take + the first step.
    * inicial del primer nombre de pila = first initial.
    * ir primero = lead + the way.
    * la primera tentativa = the first time around.
    * la primera vez = the first time around.
    * lo primero = for one, first off.
    * lo primero de todo = first of all, first off.
    * mostrar por primera vez = premiere.
    * Nombre + por primera vez = Nombre + ever.
    * ocupar un primer lugar = stand + first.
    * pasar al primer plano = take + centre stage.
    * poner en primer plano = foreground.
    * por primera vez = first + Verbo, for the first time, for once.
    * Posesivo + primeros pasos = Posesivo + first steps.
    * Posesivo + primeros pinitos = Posesivo + first steps.
    * primera cita = first date.
    * primera comunión = first communion.
    * primera división = premiership.
    * Primera División, la = First Division, the.
    * Primera Edición de las Reglas de Catalogación Anglo-Americanas (RCAA1) = AACR1 (Anglo-American Cataloguing Rules 1st Edition).
    * Primera Enmienda, la = First Amendment, the.
    * primera época, la = early days, the.
    * primera escena, la = opening scene, the.
    * primera etapa = early days.
    * Primera Guerra Mundial = First World War (World War I), World War I [First World War].
    * primera impresión = first impression.
    * primera infancia = babyhood, early childhood.
    * primera línea = front-line [front line], front-line, forefront.
    * primera línea de defensa = first line of defence.
    * primera manga = first leg, away game.
    * primera medida = initial step.
    * primer antepasado = primogenitor.
    * primer año de carrera = freshman year.
    * primer año de estudios superiores = freshman year.
    * primera palabra del encabezamiento = entry word.
    * primera parada = first stop.
    * primera persona = first person.
    * primera plana = front page [front-page].
    * primera posición = pole position, pole start.
    * primera posición de salida = pole start.
    * primera prensada = first cold press.
    * primera referencia = first stop.
    * primera reunión = starter meeting.
    * primeras horas de la madrugada = late night.
    * primeras palabras = opening statement.
    * primera vez, la = first time, the.
    * primer aviso = smoke signal.
    * primer curso = first grade.
    * primer escalafón laboral = entry position.
    * primer heredero = heir apparent [heiress apparent].
    * primer indicio = smoke signal.
    * primer lugar de consulta = first stop.
    * primer meridiano = prime meridian.
    * primer ministro = Premier, prime minister.
    * primer molar = six-year molar.
    * primer molar permanente = first molar.
    * primero en hacer Algo = first mover.
    * primero en tomar la iniciativa = first mover.
    * primero entre pares = first among equals.
    * primero, lo = first thing, the.
    * primero que nada = first off.
    * primeros auxilios = first-aid.
    * primeros impresos = early imprints.
    * primero y principal = first and foremost.
    * primer paso = stake in the ground.
    * primer paso de, el = thin edge of the wedge, the.
    * primer plano = close up, foreground, limelight, centre stage, forefront.
    * primer plato = side entrée.
    * primer puesto + ser para = pride of place + go to.
    * primer punto de contacto = port of first call.
    * primer punto de contacto, el = first port of call, the.
    * primer recurso = first recourse.
    * primer y segundo plato = main dish.
    * proceso en primera instancia = proceeding in the first instance.
    * provisiones de primera necesidad = basic provisions, basic goods.
    * que no aparece en primer lugar = nonfirst [non-first].
    * relato de primera mano = eyewitness report, eyewitness account, first-hand account.
    * sala de primeros auxilios = emergency room.
    * sargento primero = lance sergeant.
    * seguir entre los primeros = remain on top.
    * sentirse de primera = feel + tip-top.
    * ser de primera categoría = be top notch.
    * ser el primero = be second to none, come out on + top.
    * ser el primero en = lead + the way in.
    * ser el primero en + Infinitivo = take + the lead in + Gerundio.
    * situado en primer lugar = top-ranked, top-rated.
    * una primera y última vez = a first and last time.
    * un + Nombre + a primera hora de la maña = an early morning + Nombre.
    * ventaja del primero en tomar la iniciativa = first-mover advantage.
    * visión de primera fila = ringside seat, ringside view.
    * * *
    I
    - ra adjetivo/pronombre [ primer is used before masculine singular nouns]
    1) (en el espacio, el tiempo) first

    vivo en el primer pisoI live on the second (AmE) o (BrE) first floor

    en primer lugar... — first (of all),..., firstly,...

    sus primeros poemasher early o first poems

    1o de julio — (read as: primero de julio) 1st July, July 1st (léase: July the first)

    Olaf I(read as: Olaf primero) Olaf I (léase: Olaf the First)

    2) (en calidad, jerarquía)

    de primera categoría — first-class, first-rate

    de primera — first-class, first-rate

    3) (básico, fundamental)

    lo primero es... — the most important thing is...

    II
    1) ( en el tiempo) first
    * * *
    = early [earlier -comp., earliest -sup.], first (1st), foremost, first ever, topmost [top most], top-of-mind.

    Ex: Microforms are easy to use, although there were early reservations concerning the fact that users need to become familiar with any specific kind of microform and its reader.

    Ex: The first objective, however, is best satisfied by the second policy.
    Ex: Foremost among those recommendations was one pertaining to the development of a UNIMARC format for authorities.
    Ex: In April 1993 the first ever computer crime legislation came into existence in Hong Kong.
    Ex: Thus each heap was delivered to the warehouseman with the final impressions of both formes on the topmost sheet.
    Ex: Computer security is a top-of-mind subject for both IT managers and their corporate bosses.
    * alumno de primer año = first grader.
    * alumno de primer curso = first grader.
    * alumno de primero = first grader.
    * amor a primera vista = love at first sight.
    * aparecer por primera vez = premiere.
    * a primera hora de la mañana = first thing in the morning.
    * a primera hora de + Período del Día = first thing + Período del Día.
    * a primeras horas de la tarde = late afternoon.
    * a primera vista = on first acquaintance, at first sight, on first inspection, on the face of it, at first blush, at first glance, on the surface, prima facie, first-blush.
    * a primeros de + Fecha = in the early + Fecha.
    * asesinato en primer grado = first-degree murder.
    * asiento de primera fila = ringside seat, ringside ticket.
    * atacar primero = preemptive strike.
    * botiquín de primeros auxilios = first-aid kit.
    * butaca de primera fila = ringside seat, ringside ticket.
    * cabo primero = lance corporal.
    * causar una buena primera impresión = make + a good first impression.
    * causar una primera impresión = make + a first impression.
    * colocar como primer elemento de un encabezamiento compuesto = lead.
    * como primera elección = as a first preference.
    * con el primer intento = at the first shot.
    * conocer de primera mano = know + first-hand.
    * contratar al primero que solicita el trabajo = hire on a first-come, first-take basis.
    * correo de primera clase = first class post.
    * dar el primer paso = make + a start, take + the first step.
    * dar los primeros pasos en = venture into.
    * de buenas a primeras = right off the bat, suddenly, without warning, all of a sudden, just like that.
    * de primera = best-quality, top-notch, blue chip [blue-chip], prime, tip-top, first-rate.
    * de primera calidad = premium, premier.
    * de primera clase = first class, first-rate, tip-top.
    * de primera línea = first-line.
    * de primera magnitud = fully blown.
    * de primera mano = at first hand, first-hand [firsthand], first-person.
    * de primera persona = first-person.
    * de primeras = at first sight, on the face of it, at first glance, first-blush, up-front [up front].
    * de primer grado = in the first degree.
    * de primer nivel = first-level.
    * de primer orden = first-order [1st-order], world-class, blue chip [blue-chip].
    * descripción bibliográfica de primer nivel = first-level bibliographic description.
    * desde el primer día = from day one.
    * desde el primer momento = from the word go, from the word get-go.
    * desde los primeros tiempos = since the earliest of times, from earliest times.
    * desventaja del primero en tomar la iniciativa = first-mover disadvantage.
    * desventaja del primero que hace Algo = first-mover disadvantage, first-mover advantage.
    * dilema de qué es primero el huevo o la gallina = chicken and egg situation.
    * durante los primeros años = during the early years.
    * el primer intento = the first time around.
    * el primer + Nombre = the earliest + Nombre.
    * el primero mencionado = former.
    * encargado de prestar los primeros auxilios = first aider.
    * en el primer caso = in the former case.
    * en los primeros años de = early in.
    * en los primeros años de vida = early in life.
    * en primera instancia = in the first instance.
    * en primera línea = in the front line, first-line, on the front line.
    * en primer lugar = firstly, in the first place, in the first instance, first and foremost, first off.
    * escuela de primer ciclo de secundaria = intermediate school.
    * estar entre los primeros = stay on top.
    * estudiante de primer año = freshman [freshmen, -pl.], first-year student.
    * experiencia de primera mano = first-hand experience.
    * hacer los primeros pinitos = take + the first step.
    * inicial del primer nombre de pila = first initial.
    * ir primero = lead + the way.
    * la primera tentativa = the first time around.
    * la primera vez = the first time around.
    * lo primero = for one, first off.
    * lo primero de todo = first of all, first off.
    * mostrar por primera vez = premiere.
    * Nombre + por primera vez = Nombre + ever.
    * ocupar un primer lugar = stand + first.
    * pasar al primer plano = take + centre stage.
    * poner en primer plano = foreground.
    * por primera vez = first + Verbo, for the first time, for once.
    * Posesivo + primeros pasos = Posesivo + first steps.
    * Posesivo + primeros pinitos = Posesivo + first steps.
    * primera cita = first date.
    * primera comunión = first communion.
    * primera división = premiership.
    * Primera División, la = First Division, the.
    * Primera Edición de las Reglas de Catalogación Anglo-Americanas (RCAA1) = AACR1 (Anglo-American Cataloguing Rules 1st Edition).
    * Primera Enmienda, la = First Amendment, the.
    * primera época, la = early days, the.
    * primera escena, la = opening scene, the.
    * primera etapa = early days.
    * Primera Guerra Mundial = First World War (World War I), World War I [First World War].
    * primera impresión = first impression.
    * primera infancia = babyhood, early childhood.
    * primera línea = front-line [front line], front-line, forefront.
    * primera línea de defensa = first line of defence.
    * primera manga = first leg, away game.
    * primera medida = initial step.
    * primer antepasado = primogenitor.
    * primer año de carrera = freshman year.
    * primer año de estudios superiores = freshman year.
    * primera palabra del encabezamiento = entry word.
    * primera parada = first stop.
    * primera persona = first person.
    * primera plana = front page [front-page].
    * primera posición = pole position, pole start.
    * primera posición de salida = pole start.
    * primera prensada = first cold press.
    * primera referencia = first stop.
    * primera reunión = starter meeting.
    * primeras horas de la madrugada = late night.
    * primeras palabras = opening statement.
    * primera vez, la = first time, the.
    * primer aviso = smoke signal.
    * primer curso = first grade.
    * primer escalafón laboral = entry position.
    * primer heredero = heir apparent [heiress apparent].
    * primer indicio = smoke signal.
    * primer lugar de consulta = first stop.
    * primer meridiano = prime meridian.
    * primer ministro = Premier, prime minister.
    * primer molar = six-year molar.
    * primer molar permanente = first molar.
    * primero en hacer Algo = first mover.
    * primero en tomar la iniciativa = first mover.
    * primero entre pares = first among equals.
    * primero, lo = first thing, the.
    * primero que nada = first off.
    * primeros auxilios = first-aid.
    * primeros impresos = early imprints.
    * primero y principal = first and foremost.
    * primer paso = stake in the ground.
    * primer paso de, el = thin edge of the wedge, the.
    * primer plano = close up, foreground, limelight, centre stage, forefront.
    * primer plato = side entrée.
    * primer puesto + ser para = pride of place + go to.
    * primer punto de contacto = port of first call.
    * primer punto de contacto, el = first port of call, the.
    * primer recurso = first recourse.
    * primer y segundo plato = main dish.
    * proceso en primera instancia = proceeding in the first instance.
    * provisiones de primera necesidad = basic provisions, basic goods.
    * que no aparece en primer lugar = nonfirst [non-first].
    * relato de primera mano = eyewitness report, eyewitness account, first-hand account.
    * sala de primeros auxilios = emergency room.
    * sargento primero = lance sergeant.
    * seguir entre los primeros = remain on top.
    * sentirse de primera = feel + tip-top.
    * ser de primera categoría = be top notch.
    * ser el primero = be second to none, come out on + top.
    * ser el primero en = lead + the way in.
    * ser el primero en + Infinitivo = take + the lead in + Gerundio.
    * situado en primer lugar = top-ranked, top-rated.
    * una primera y última vez = a first and last time.
    * un + Nombre + a primera hora de la maña = an early morning + Nombre.
    * ventaja del primero en tomar la iniciativa = first-mover advantage.
    * visión de primera fila = ringside seat, ringside view.

    * * *
    primero1 -ra
    adjective / pronoun
    A [ Vocabulary notes (Spanish) ], [ Vocabulary notes (Spanish) ] (en el espacio, el tiempo) first
    vivo en el primer piso I live on the second ( AmE) o ( BrE) first floor
    en primer lugar vamos a analizar … first (of all) o firstly, we are going to analyze …
    las diez primeras páginas the first ten pages
    sus primeros poemas her early o first poems
    1º de julio/octubre (read as: primero de julio/octubre) 1st July/October, July/October 1st
    Olaf Iº (read as: Olaf primero) Olaf I (léase: Olaf the First)
    estaba sentado en (la) primera fila he was sitting in the front row
    en las primeras horas de la madrugada de ayer in the early hours of yesterday morning
    mañana a primera hora first thing tomorrow
    soy el primero en reconocerlo I am the first to admit it
    Compuestos:
    ( Relig) feminine first communion
    hacer la primeroa comunión to take one's first communion
    feminine elementary o ( BrE) primary education
    maestro de primeroa enseñanza elementary o primary school teacher
    feminine early childhood
    feminine foundation stone
    feminine front page
    salió en primeroa plana en todos los periódicos it made front-page news o the headlines in all the newspapers, it was on the front page of all the newspapers
    masculine New Year's Day
    mpl first aid
    ( Fot) masculine close-up, close-up shot
    en primer plano ( Art) in the foreground
    masculine first course, starter
    B
    (en calidad, jerarquía): un artículo de primerísima calidad a top-quality product, a product of the very finest o highest quality
    de primera categoría first-class, first-rate
    es el primero de la clase he is top of the class
    es el primer atleta del país he is the country's top athlete
    la primera empresa mundial en el campo de la electrónica the world's leading electronics company
    de primera ‹comida/cantante› first-class, first-rate
    sólo vendemos productos de primera we sell only products of the finest o highest quality
    un corte de carne de primera a prime cut of meat
    Compuestos:
    primer actor, primera actriz
    ( masculine) leading man; ( feminine) leading lady
    feminine First Lady
    primer bailarín, primera bailarina
    ( masculine) leading dancer; ( feminine) prima ballerina
    ( Taur) masculine principal bullfighter
    primer magistrado, primera magistrada
    masculine, feminine mandatario m,f A. (↑ mandatario)
    primer mandatario, primera mandataria
    ( period) masculine, feminine head of state
    la entrevista entre ambos primeros mandatarios the meeting between the two heads of state
    el primer mandatario estadounidense the president of the United States
    primer ministro, primera ministra
    masculine, feminine Prime Minister
    masculine and feminine First Secretary
    masculine and feminine concertmaster ( AmE), leader (of the orchestra)
    los primeros violines the first violins
    C
    (básico, fundamental): nuestro primer objetivo es … our primary objective is …
    lo primero es asegurarnos de que no corren peligro the essential o most important thing is to make sure they are not in any danger
    ¿por qué no haces primero los deberes? why don't you do your homework first?
    B
    (en importancia): estar primero to come first
    para mí primero está mi familia as far as I'm concerned my family comes first
    C
    (para expresar preferencia): primero se queda sin comer que pedirle dinero she would sooner o rather go hungry than ask him for money
    * * *

     

    primero
    ◊ -ra adjetivo/pronombre primer is used before masculine singular nouns

    1 (en el espacio, el tiempo) first;
    el primer piso the second (AmE) o (BrE) first floor;

    en primer lugar … first (of all), …, firstly, …;
    1o de julio (read as: primero de julio) 1st July, July 1st (léase: July the first);
    Olaf I (read as: Olaf primero) Olaf I (léase: Olaf the First);
    a primeras horas de la madrugada in the early hours of the morning;
    primera plana front page;
    primeros auxilios sustantivo masculino plural
    first aid;
    primer plano (Fot) close-up (shot)
    2 (en calidad, jerarquía):

    de primera (categoría) first-class, first-rate;
    es el primero de la clase he is top of the class;
    primer ministro Prime Minister
    3 (básico, fundamental):

    artículos de primera necesidad basic necessities;
    lo primero es … the most important thing is …
    ■ adverbio
    1 ( en el tiempo) first
    2 ( en importancia):

    primero,-a
    I adjetivo
    1 (en el espacio, en el tiempo) first
    primera fila, front row
    en los primeros años, in the early years
    2 (en calidad, en categoría) first: es el primer actor de la compañía, he's the company's top actor
    3 (en importancia) basic, primary
    un artículo de primera necesidad, an essential item
    II adverbio (orden) first: primero, iremos al supermercado, first, we'll go to the supermarket
    ♦ Locuciones: a primeros, at the beginning of
    a la primera de cambio, as soon as one has the opportunity, given half a chance: no está a gusto en la empresa, así que se irá a la primera de cambio, he's not happy at his company, so he plans to leave as soon as he has the chance
    de buenas a primeras, suddenly, unexpectedly
    lo primero es lo primero, first things first
    ' primero' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    ir
    - más
    - originaria
    - originario
    - primer
    - primera
    - residir
    - sucesión
    - trigésima
    - trigésimo
    - ante
    - estudio
    - luego
    - mayo
    - ocurrir
    - vigésimo
    English:
    after
    - born
    - come
    - first
    - former
    - go before
    - initial
    - intro
    - leader
    - LIFO
    - original
    - premier
    - prime
    - raise
    - stationary
    - to
    - year
    - consult
    - head
    - lieutenant
    - May
    - payable
    - pioneer
    - put
    - space
    - start
    - the
    * * *
    primero, -a Primer is used instead of primero before singular masculine nouns (e.g. el primer hombre the first man).
    núm adj
    1. [en orden] first;
    el primer capítulo, el capítulo primero chapter one;
    los primeros diez párrafos, los diez párrafos primeros the first ten paragraphs;
    Carlos primero [escrito Carlos I] Charles the First [written Charles I];
    el siglo primero [también escrito el siglo I] the first century [written 1st century];
    el primer piso the Br first o US second floor;
    a primera hora de la mañana first thing in the morning;
    en primera fila in the front row;
    en primer lugar, abre la caja first (of all), open the box;
    en primera página on the front page
    primeros auxilios first aid; Dep la primera base [posición] first base; Dep primera base [jugador] first base;
    primera comunión first communion;
    hacer la primera comunión to celebrate one's first communion;
    primera división first division;
    Dep primer equipo first team; Mil primera línea front line;
    estar en primera línea [de batalla] to be on the front line;
    [entre los mejores] to be amongst the best;
    primer plano close-up;
    en primer plano in the foreground;
    primer plato first course, starter
    2. [en importancia, calidad] main;
    la primera empresa del sector the leading company in the sector;
    el primer tenista del país the country's top tennis player;
    uno de los primeros objetivos del gobierno one of the government's main aims;
    el primer actor the leading man;
    la primera actriz the leading lady;
    productos de primera calidad top-quality products;
    deportistas de primera clase o [m5] categoría o [m5] fila top-class sportsmen;
    productos de primera necesidad basic necessities;
    lo primero the most important o main thing;
    lo primero es lo primero first things first
    primer bailarín leading dancer;
    primera bailarina prima ballerina;
    primera dama Teatro leading lady;
    Pol [esposa del presidente] first lady; Taurom primer espada principal bullfighter;
    primer ministro prime minister;
    RP primera magistratura presidency;
    primer violín first violin
    núm nm,f
    1. [en orden]
    el primero the first one;
    el primero fue bueno the first one was good;
    llegó el primero he came first;
    el primero de la cola the person at the front of the Br queue o US line;
    ¿quién es el primero de la cola? who's first?;
    es el primero de la clase he's top of the class;
    él fue el primero en venir he was the first (person o one) to come;
    no eres el primero que me pregunta eso you're not the first person to ask me that
    2. [mencionado antes]
    vinieron Pedro y Juan, el primero con… Pedro and Juan arrived, the former with…
    adv
    1. [en primer lugar] first;
    primero déjame que te explique una cosa let me explain something to you first;
    usted estaba primero you were in front of me o first;
    ¿quién va o [m5] está primero? who's first?;
    Am
    primero que nada first of all
    2. [indica preferencia]
    primero… que… rather… than…;
    primero morir que traicionarle I'd rather die than betray him
    nm
    1. [piso] Br first floor, US second floor
    2. [curso universitario] first year;
    estoy en primero I'm a first year
    3. [curso escolar] = first year of primary school, US ≈ first grade
    4. [día del mes]
    el primero de mayo [también escrito el 1 de mayo] the first of May [written 1 May]
    5. [en frases]
    a primeros de mes/año at the beginning of the month/year;
    a primeros de junio at the beginning of June, in early June;
    de primero [de primer plato] for starters
    * * *
    I adj first
    II m, primera f first (one);
    a primeros de enero at the beginning of January;
    el primero de mayo the first of May;
    ser el primero de la clase be top of the class
    III pron
    :
    lo primero (lo más importante) the most important thing
    IV adv
    1 en posición first
    2 ( primeramente) first of all
    * * *
    primero adv
    1) : first
    2) : rather, sooner
    1) : first
    2) : top, leading
    3) : fundamental, basic
    4)
    de primera : first-rate
    primero, -ra n
    : first
    * * *
    primero1 adj pron
    1. (en orden) first
    a primeros de... at the beginning of...
    primero2 adv first

    Spanish-English dictionary > primero

  • 4 como

    adv.
    1 as.
    lo he hecho como es debido I did it as o the way it should be done
    me encanta como bailas I love the way you dance
    lo hagamos como lo hagamos habrá problemas whichever way we do it there'll be problems
    2 as.
    como te decía ayer… as I was telling you yesterday…
    3 as.
    trabaja como bombero he works as a fireman
    dieron el dinero como anticipo they gave the money as an advance
    me quedan como mil pesos I've got about a thousand pesos left
    estamos como a mitad de camino we're about half-way there
    tiene un sabor como a naranja it tastes a bit like an orange
    5 like, as, such as, qua.
    6 how, in which way.
    7 some.
    Pesa como cien libras It weighs some hundred pounds.
    conj.
    1 as, since (ya que).
    como no llegabas, nos fuimos as o since you didn't arrive, we left
    2 if (si). (peninsular Spanish)
    como no me hagas caso, lo pasarás mal if you don't listen to me, there will be trouble
    3 that (que).
    después de tantas veces como te lo he explicado after all the times (that) I've explained it to you
    prep.
    1 like, as, just like, such as.
    Te di esto en condición de préstamo I gave this to you as a loan.
    2 as to.
    3 how to.
    pres.indicat.
    1st person singular (yo) present indicative of spanish verb: comer.
    * * *
    1 (modo) how
    2 (comparación) as, like
    2 (si) if
    como lo vuelvas a hacer... if you do it again...
    3 (porque) as, since
    \
    como quiera que (no importa cómo) however 2 (ya que) since, as, inasmuch as
    como sea whatever happens, no matter what
    como si lo viera familiar I can imagine perfectly well
    como si nada / como si tal cosa as if nothing had happened
    hacer como quien to pretend to +inf
    hacer como si to pretend to +inf
    tanto como eso no familiar not as much as that
    * * *
    1. conj.
    1) as
    2) like
    3) if
    4) since, given that
    2. prep.
    as, like
    * * *
    1. ADV
    1) [indicando semejanza] like
    2) [introduciendo ejemplo] such as

    hay peces, como truchas y salmones — there are fish, such as trout and salmon

    tiene ventajas, como son la resistencia y durabilidad — it has advantages, such as o like strength and durability

    3) [indicando modo]
    a) + indic

    hazlo como te dijo ellado it like * o the way she told you

    toca como cantashe plays like * o the same way as she sings

    no es como me lo imaginabait isn't as o like * I imagined it

    tal como, tal como lo había planeado — just as o the way I had planned it

    b) + subjun

    hazlo como puedas — do your best, do the best you can

    como seaat all costs

    4) (=en calidad de) as
    5) (=más o menos) about, around

    sentía como tristezashe felt a sort o kind of sadness

    6) [con valor causal]
    2. CONJ
    1) + indic (=ya que) as, since

    como no tenía dineroas o since I had no money

    2) + indic (=según) as

    tal (y) como están las cosas — the way things are, as things stand

    tal como están los precios de las motos... — with motorbike prices as they are at the moment...

    3) + indic (=cuando) as soon as
    4) + indic
    (=que)

    verás como les ganamos — we'll beat them, you'll see

    de tanto como, tienen las manos doloridas de tanto como aplaudieron — they clapped so much their hands hurt

    de tanto como odio a los dos, no sé a quien odio más — I hate them both so much, I don't know which I hate the most

    5) + subjun (=si) if

    como vengas tarde, no comes — if you're late you'll get nothing to eat

    como sea cierto, ¡estamos perdidos! — if it's true, we're done for!

    ¡como lo pierdas! — you'd better not lose it!, don't you lose it!

    como no, como no lo haga en seguida... — if he doesn't do it at once..., unless he does it at once...

    no salimos, como no sea para ir al cine — we only go out if it's to go to the cinema, we don't go out unless it's to go to the cinema

    6)

    como queas if

    ¡como que yo soy tonto y me creo esas mentiras! — as if I was stupid enough to believe lies like that!

    ¡como que te van a pagar! — don't tell me they're going to pay you!

    7)

    como si — as if, as though

    siguió leyendo, como si no hubiera oído nada — he kept on reading, as if o as though he hadn't heard

    sentí como si fuera a caermeI felt as if o as though I was about to fall

    como si no hubiera pasado nadaas if o as though nothing had happened

    se comporta como si me odiarahe behaves as if o as though he hated me

    como si fuera a lloveras if o as though it was going to rain

    8)

    como para, ¡es como para denunciarlos! — it's enough to make you want to report them to the police!

    9) CAm, Méx

    a como dé o diera lugar — at any cost

    así 1., 5), pronto 1., 4), querer 2., 1)
    * * *
    I
    1)
    a) ( en calidad de) as

    el director tendrá como funciones... — the director's duties will be...

    se la conoce como `flor de luz' — it's known as `flor de luz'

    c) ( por ejemplo) like
    2) (en comparaciones, contrastes) like

    fue ella, como que me llamo Beatriz — it was her, as sure as my name's Beatriz

    bailó como nuncashe danced as o like she'd never danced before

    como para + inf: es como para echarse a llorar it's enough to make you want to cry; fue como para pegarle — I could have hit him

    así como — (frml) as well as

    como él solo/ella sola: es egoísta como él solo he's so o he's incredibly selfish!; como mucho/poco at (the) most/at least; como nadie: cocina como nadie nobody cooks like her; como que...: conduce muy bien - como que es piloto de carreras he drives very well - well, he is a racing driver, after all; y no me lo dijiste - como que no lo sabía! and you didn't tell me about it - that's because I didn't know about it!; como ser (CS) such as, for example; como si (+ subj) as if, as though; ella está grave y él como si nada or como si tal cosa — she's seriously ill and he doesn't seem at all o in the least worried

    II

    (tal y) como están las cosas — as things stand; (+ subj)

    hazlo como quieras/como puedas — do it any way you like/as best as you can

    la buganvilla, o como quiera que se llame — bougainvillea or whatever it's called

    2) ( puesto que) as, since

    como era temprano, nos fuimos a dar una vuelta — since o as it was early, we went for a walk

    3) (si) (+ subj) if

    como te pille... — if I catch you...

    cansado como estaba, me ayudó — tired though o tired as he was, he helped me

    5) ( que)

    vas a ver como llega tarde — he'll be late, you'll see

    III
    2) ( uso expletivo) kind of (colloq)

    me da como vergüenza... — I find it kind of embarrassing...

    * * *
    = as, by way of, for the purpose of + Nombre, how, in the guise of, just as, like, qua, much as, as a kind of, as serving as, along the lines of, in + Posesivo + capacity as, such as, kind of like.
    Ex. This scheme aims for a more helpful order than the major schemes, by following the groupings of subjects as they are taught in schools.
    Ex. An annotation is a note added to the title and/or other bibliographic information concerning a document, by way of comment or explanation.
    Ex. Taking the second situation for the purpose of illustration, there are four options for choice of title.
    Ex. Inevitably any abridgement poses the dilemma how to abridge, that is, what to leave out and what to include.
    Ex. Further, these indexers are probably so familiar with their subject area that, they whether in the guise of indexer or searcher, will profit little from any additional guides to relationships.
    Ex. Just as Ivan finds that by taking pleasure in an extra piece of food he makes survival possible and beats Stalin and his jailors at heir own game.
    Ex. Thus, the computer-held term record files are most suitable for applications like Selective Dissemination of Information (SDI) systems.
    Ex. Such a concept came as a great surprise to many information educators who rather dismissively regarded the information qua information field of activity as being too limited.
    Ex. More studies are needed to identify the full temporal effects of the personal computer, much as they did for television.
    Ex. In a way, it is acting as a kind of bridge between the two, permitting traffic both ways where once there was a divide.
    Ex. 45 libraries have been unofficially recognised by librarians as serving as model children's libraries.
    Ex. The author considers the possibility of a shift from libraries to personal information service along the lines of the shift that has occured from public to private transport.
    Ex. Strange that so helpful and charming a person in his capacity as a librarian could behave so monstrously; but behave thus he did.
    Ex. Indicative abstracts abound in phrases such as 'is discussed' or 'has been surveyed', but do not record the outcome of the discussion or survey.
    Ex. It's kind of like trumping in public -- You simply do not do it!.
    ----
    * ¡cómo se nota que no está el jefe! = while the cat's away, the mice will play.
    * aducir como evidencia = adduce as + evidence.
    * algo así como = something like.
    * añádase cómo = expand like.
    * así como = as, as well as.
    * así como así = just like that.
    * así como... de igual modo... = just as... so....
    * así es como = this is how.
    * así es como es = that's how it is.
    * caer como moscas = drop like + flies.
    * como aclaración = in parenthesis.
    * como algo natural = as a matter of course.
    * como algo normal = as a matter of course.
    * como algo opuesto a = as against.
    * como algo residual = residually.
    * como alternativa = as an alternative.
    * como anillo al dedo = just the ticket, the right twigs for an eagle's nest, perfect fit, perfect match, that's the ticket!.
    * como antes = as before.
    * como apoyo a = in support of.
    * como barcos que se cruzan (en la noche) = like passing ships (in the night).
    * como barcos que se cruzan (en la oscuridad) = like passing ships (in the night).
    * como base para = as a basis for.
    * como cabe esperar = unsurprisingly, as one might expect, as expected.
    * como cabía esperar = as expected.
    * como cabría esperar = as might be expected, as one might expect.
    * como cabría suponer = as might be expected.
    * como consecuencia = on this basis, on that basis, in doing so, in consequence, in accordance.
    * como consecuencia (de) = as a result (of), in the wake of, as a consequence (of).
    * cómo conseguir = obtainability.
    * como con todo en la vida = as with everything in life.
    * como contrapartida = in return.
    * como cooperativa = collegially.
    * como corresponde = fittingly.
    * como corresponde a = as befits.
    * como cuando + Indicativo = as in + Gerundio.
    * como de costumbre = as usual, as always, according to normal practice.
    * cómo demonios = how on earth.
    * como dice el dicho = as the saying goes, so the saying goes.
    * como dice el refrán = as the saying goes, so the saying goes.
    * como diferente a = as distinct from.
    * cómo disponer de (algo) = disposition.
    * como dos gotas de agua = as alike as two peas in a pod, like two peas in a pod.
    * como ejemplo = as an example, by way of illustration.
    * como el cuero = leathery.
    * como el desierto = desert-like.
    * como el día y la noche = worlds apart, like oil and water, like chalk and cheese, like apples and oranges.
    * como el fuego = like wildfire.
    * como el perro del hortelano que ni come ni deja comer = a dog in the manger.
    * como en casa = like home (away) from home.
    * como en casa no se está en ningún sitio = there's no place like home.
    * como en el caso de = as with, just as for, as in the case of.
    * como era de esperar = as expected.
    * como es debido = fittingly.
    * como es de esperar = predictably, not surprisingly, as expected.
    * como es el caso de = as it is with, as with.
    * como es habitual = as always.
    * como es natural = not unnaturally.
    * como es normal = as always.
    * como esto = like this.
    * como fecha final = at the very latest.
    * como forma de vida = as a way of life.
    * como grogui = drowsily, groggily.
    * como grupo = collectively.
    * como guía = for guidance.
    * como la noche y el día = like oil and water, worlds apart, like chalk and cheese, like apples and oranges.
    * como la pólvora = like wildfire.
    * como las ardillas = squirrel-like.
    * como las empresas = business-like.
    * como loca = like a madwoman.
    * como loco = like hell, like crazy, like mad, like a lunatic, like a madman.
    * como medida de seguridad = as a backup.
    * como medida provisional = as an interim measure.
    * como medida temporal = as an interim measure.
    * como medida transitoria = as an interim measure.
    * como mejor + poder = as best + Pronombre + can.
    * como mínimo = at least, conservatively, at a minimum.
    * como mínimo hasta que = minimally until.
    * como mucho = at best, at most, if at all, at the most, at the very latest.
    * como muestra de agradecimiento = as a token of thanks.
    * como muestra de + Posesivo + agradecimiento = as a token of + Posesivo + appreciation.
    * como muestra de + Posesivo + gratitud = as a token of + Posesivo + gratitude.
    * como muy tarde = at the latest.
    * como norma = as a rule, as a matter of policy.
    * como norma general = as a rule of thumb, as a general rule, as a general rule of thumb, as a rough guide.
    * cómo nos las ingeniamos para... = how in the world....
    * como nota al margen = on a sidenote.
    * como nuevo = in mint condition, in tip-top condition, in tip-top form.
    * como ocurre en estos casos = as is the way with these things.
    * como + ocurrir + en el caso de = as + be + the case for.
    * como opuesto a = as distinct from, as opposed to.
    * como otra posibilidad = as an alternative.
    * ¡como para creérselo! = Posesivo + famous last words.
    * como parásito = parasitically.
    * como persona que = as one who.
    * como pez fuera del agua = like a fish out of water.
    * como polo opuesto = by polar contrast.
    * como por arte de magia = magically, into thin air.
    * como por ejemplo = such as, to the effect of.
    * como por encanto = magically.
    * como poseído = as one possessed.
    * como preámbulo de = as a preamble to.
    * como primera elección = as a first preference.
    * como prueba de = as a token of, as a sign of.
    * como prueba de agradecimiento = as a token of thanks.
    * como prueba de + Posesivo + agradecimiento = as a token of + Posesivo + appreciation.
    * como prueba de + Posesivo + gratitud = as a token of + Posesivo + gratitude.
    * como pruebas = in evidence, in evidence.
    * como quiera que + Verbo = however + Verbo.
    * como quieras llamarlo = whatever you call it.
    * como reconocimiento a = in recognition of.
    * como respuesta a = in reply to, in response to.
    * como resultado = in consequence, on this basis, on that basis, in doing so.
    * como resultado (de) = as a consequence (of).
    * como salido de fábrica = in mint condition.
    * como segunda alternativa = as a backup.
    * como se indicó en = as was pointed out in.
    * como señal de agradecimiento = as a token of thanks.
    * como señal de + Posesivo + agradecimiento = as a token of + Posesivo + appreciation.
    * como señal de + Posesivo + gratitud = as a token of + Posesivo + gratitude.
    * cómo + ser = what + be like.
    * como si = as though.
    * como si dijéramos = as it were.
    * como siempre = as always.
    * como si fuese = as it were.
    * como siga así = at this rate.
    * como sigue = as follows.
    * como símbolo de = as a token of, as a sign of.
    * como si nada = be right as rain, unfazed.
    * como si no hubiera mañana = like there's no tomorrow.
    * como si + Pronombre + fuese la vida en ello = like there's no tomorrow.
    * como si se acabara el mundo = like there's no tomorrow.
    * como si se fuese a acabar el mundo = like there's no tomorrow.
    * como si se + Pronombre + hubiera tragado la tierra = into thin air.
    * como si (se tratase de) = as if.
    * como si tal cosa = be right as rain, unfazed, just like that.
    * como sustituto de = in place of.
    * como tal = as such, in this capacity, qua.
    * como término medio = on average.
    * como todo un caballero = sportingly.
    * como último recurso = as a last resort, in the last resort.
    * como una aguja en un pajar = like a needle in a haystack.
    * como una balsa de aceite = like a millpond, calm like a millpond.
    * como una cabra = stark raving mad, raving mad.
    * como una cebolla = onion-like.
    * como una condenada = like a madwoman.
    * como una descosida = like a madwoman.
    * como una forma de = as a means of.
    * como una metralladora = quick-fire.
    * como un basilisco = like a bear with a sore head.
    * como un bobo = stupidly.
    * como un bólido = like the clappers.
    * como un campo de batalla = like a war zone.
    * como un cencerro = barking mad, raving mad, stark raving mad.
    * como un condenado = like the clappers, like crazy, like mad, like a lunatic, like a madman, as one possessed.
    * como un descosido = like a lunatic, like a madman, as one possessed.
    * como un detective = detectivelike, sleuthlike.
    * como un elefante en una cacharrería = like an elephant in a china shop.
    * como un energúmeno = like a bear with a sore head.
    * como un estúpido = stupidly.
    * como un experto = expertly.
    * como un glaciar = glacially.
    * como unidad global = as a whole.
    * como un idiota = stupidly.
    * como un loca = like a madwoman.
    * como un loco = like crazy, like mad, like a lunatic, madly, like a madman.
    * como un método para = as a means of.
    * como un modo de = as a way of.
    * como un necio = stupidly.
    * como un observador que pasa desapercibido = fly-on-the-wall, fly-on-the-wall.
    * cómo uno se identifica a sí mismo = self-identification.
    * como un platillo = saucer-like.
    * como un poseído = as one possessed.
    * como un rayo = in a flash.
    * como un reguero de pólvora = like wildfire.
    * como un relámpago = like greased lightning, like the clappers.
    * como un reloj = as regular as clockwork, like clockwork.
    * como un televisor = television-type.
    * como un todo = as a whole.
    * como un tonto = stupidly, foolishly.
    * como un torpe = foolishly.
    * como un zombi = zombielike.
    * como vivir en un escaparate = like being in a (gold)fish bowl.
    * como + Voz Pasiva = as + Participio Pasado.
    * como y cuando = as and when.
    * como y cuando sea + Adjetivo = as + Adjetivo.
    * comportarse como se espera = be a sport.
    * con el mismo + Nombre + como el que... = as + Adverbio + as....
    * conocerse como = be known as.
    * dar como resultado = result (in).
    * de cómo = as to how.
    * durante tanto tiempo como sea posible = for as long as possible.
    * el modo como = the way in which.
    * el problema no es el qué, sino el cómo = the devil (is/lives) in the details.
    * frase como encabezamiento = phrase heading.
    * llegar a ser conocido como = become + known as.
    * mantenerse como válido = hold up.
    * nada menos que + Nombre + tan + Adjetivo + como = no less + Adjetivo + Nombre + than.
    * no + haber + nada como = there + be + nothing like.
    * ofrecerse como voluntario = volunteer.
    * plan de cómo disponer de Algo = disposition instruction.
    * proponer como principio = posit.
    * sea como sea = be that as it may, at all costs, at any cost.
    * seleccionar como relevante = hit.
    * ser como hablar con la pared = be like talking to a brick wall.
    * ser tan buen momento como cualquier otro = be as good a time as any.
    * ser un momento tan bueno como cualquier otro = be as good a time as any.
    * tal como = such as, such + Nombre + as, just as.
    * tal y como aparece = as it/they stand(s).
    * tal y como es/son = as it/they stand(s).
    * tal y como + ser = in + Posesivo + true colours.
    * tan + Adjetivo + como = as + Adjetivo + as, every bit as + Adjetivo + as.
    * tan + Adjetivo + como de costumbre = as + Adjetivo + as ever.
    * tan + Adjetivo + como siempre = as + Adjetivo + as ever.
    * tan pronto como = as soon as, just as soon as, no sooner... than.
    * tan pronto como sea posible = as soon as possible (asap).
    * tanto como = as many... as..., as much as + Adjetivo, both... and..., no less than, equally, if not, so much as.
    * tanto como siempre = as much as ever.
    * tener como equivalente = have + counterpart.
    * tener como motivo central = plan around + Nombre.
    * tener como objetivo = have + as + Posesivo + objective.
    * tomar como ejemplo = take.
    * un poco como = kind of like.
    * * *
    I
    1)
    a) ( en calidad de) as

    el director tendrá como funciones... — the director's duties will be...

    se la conoce como `flor de luz' — it's known as `flor de luz'

    c) ( por ejemplo) like
    2) (en comparaciones, contrastes) like

    fue ella, como que me llamo Beatriz — it was her, as sure as my name's Beatriz

    bailó como nuncashe danced as o like she'd never danced before

    como para + inf: es como para echarse a llorar it's enough to make you want to cry; fue como para pegarle — I could have hit him

    así como — (frml) as well as

    como él solo/ella sola: es egoísta como él solo he's so o he's incredibly selfish!; como mucho/poco at (the) most/at least; como nadie: cocina como nadie nobody cooks like her; como que...: conduce muy bien - como que es piloto de carreras he drives very well - well, he is a racing driver, after all; y no me lo dijiste - como que no lo sabía! and you didn't tell me about it - that's because I didn't know about it!; como ser (CS) such as, for example; como si (+ subj) as if, as though; ella está grave y él como si nada or como si tal cosa — she's seriously ill and he doesn't seem at all o in the least worried

    II

    (tal y) como están las cosas — as things stand; (+ subj)

    hazlo como quieras/como puedas — do it any way you like/as best as you can

    la buganvilla, o como quiera que se llame — bougainvillea or whatever it's called

    2) ( puesto que) as, since

    como era temprano, nos fuimos a dar una vuelta — since o as it was early, we went for a walk

    3) (si) (+ subj) if

    como te pille... — if I catch you...

    cansado como estaba, me ayudó — tired though o tired as he was, he helped me

    5) ( que)

    vas a ver como llega tarde — he'll be late, you'll see

    III
    2) ( uso expletivo) kind of (colloq)

    me da como vergüenza... — I find it kind of embarrassing...

    * * *
    = as, by way of, for the purpose of + Nombre, how, in the guise of, just as, like, qua, much as, as a kind of, as serving as, along the lines of, in + Posesivo + capacity as, such as, kind of like.

    Ex: This scheme aims for a more helpful order than the major schemes, by following the groupings of subjects as they are taught in schools.

    Ex: An annotation is a note added to the title and/or other bibliographic information concerning a document, by way of comment or explanation.
    Ex: Taking the second situation for the purpose of illustration, there are four options for choice of title.
    Ex: Inevitably any abridgement poses the dilemma how to abridge, that is, what to leave out and what to include.
    Ex: Further, these indexers are probably so familiar with their subject area that, they whether in the guise of indexer or searcher, will profit little from any additional guides to relationships.
    Ex: Just as Ivan finds that by taking pleasure in an extra piece of food he makes survival possible and beats Stalin and his jailors at heir own game.
    Ex: Thus, the computer-held term record files are most suitable for applications like Selective Dissemination of Information (SDI) systems.
    Ex: Such a concept came as a great surprise to many information educators who rather dismissively regarded the information qua information field of activity as being too limited.
    Ex: More studies are needed to identify the full temporal effects of the personal computer, much as they did for television.
    Ex: In a way, it is acting as a kind of bridge between the two, permitting traffic both ways where once there was a divide.
    Ex: 45 libraries have been unofficially recognised by librarians as serving as model children's libraries.
    Ex: The author considers the possibility of a shift from libraries to personal information service along the lines of the shift that has occured from public to private transport.
    Ex: Strange that so helpful and charming a person in his capacity as a librarian could behave so monstrously; but behave thus he did.
    Ex: Indicative abstracts abound in phrases such as 'is discussed' or 'has been surveyed', but do not record the outcome of the discussion or survey.
    Ex: It's kind of like trumping in public -- You simply do not do it!.
    * ¡cómo se nota que no está el jefe! = while the cat's away, the mice will play.
    * aducir como evidencia = adduce as + evidence.
    * algo así como = something like.
    * añádase cómo = expand like.
    * así como = as, as well as.
    * así como así = just like that.
    * así como... de igual modo... = just as... so....
    * así es como = this is how.
    * así es como es = that's how it is.
    * caer como moscas = drop like + flies.
    * como aclaración = in parenthesis.
    * como algo natural = as a matter of course.
    * como algo normal = as a matter of course.
    * como algo opuesto a = as against.
    * como algo residual = residually.
    * como alternativa = as an alternative.
    * como anillo al dedo = just the ticket, the right twigs for an eagle's nest, perfect fit, perfect match, that's the ticket!.
    * como antes = as before.
    * como apoyo a = in support of.
    * como barcos que se cruzan (en la noche) = like passing ships (in the night).
    * como barcos que se cruzan (en la oscuridad) = like passing ships (in the night).
    * como base para = as a basis for.
    * como cabe esperar = unsurprisingly, as one might expect, as expected.
    * como cabía esperar = as expected.
    * como cabría esperar = as might be expected, as one might expect.
    * como cabría suponer = as might be expected.
    * como consecuencia = on this basis, on that basis, in doing so, in consequence, in accordance.
    * como consecuencia (de) = as a result (of), in the wake of, as a consequence (of).
    * cómo conseguir = obtainability.
    * como con todo en la vida = as with everything in life.
    * como contrapartida = in return.
    * como cooperativa = collegially.
    * como corresponde = fittingly.
    * como corresponde a = as befits.
    * como cuando + Indicativo = as in + Gerundio.
    * como de costumbre = as usual, as always, according to normal practice.
    * cómo demonios = how on earth.
    * como dice el dicho = as the saying goes, so the saying goes.
    * como dice el refrán = as the saying goes, so the saying goes.
    * como diferente a = as distinct from.
    * cómo disponer de (algo) = disposition.
    * como dos gotas de agua = as alike as two peas in a pod, like two peas in a pod.
    * como ejemplo = as an example, by way of illustration.
    * como el cuero = leathery.
    * como el desierto = desert-like.
    * como el día y la noche = worlds apart, like oil and water, like chalk and cheese, like apples and oranges.
    * como el fuego = like wildfire.
    * como el perro del hortelano que ni come ni deja comer = a dog in the manger.
    * como en casa = like home (away) from home.
    * como en casa no se está en ningún sitio = there's no place like home.
    * como en el caso de = as with, just as for, as in the case of.
    * como era de esperar = as expected.
    * como es debido = fittingly.
    * como es de esperar = predictably, not surprisingly, as expected.
    * como es el caso de = as it is with, as with.
    * como es habitual = as always.
    * como es natural = not unnaturally.
    * como es normal = as always.
    * como esto = like this.
    * como fecha final = at the very latest.
    * como forma de vida = as a way of life.
    * como grogui = drowsily, groggily.
    * como grupo = collectively.
    * como guía = for guidance.
    * como la noche y el día = like oil and water, worlds apart, like chalk and cheese, like apples and oranges.
    * como la pólvora = like wildfire.
    * como las ardillas = squirrel-like.
    * como las empresas = business-like.
    * como loca = like a madwoman.
    * como loco = like hell, like crazy, like mad, like a lunatic, like a madman.
    * como medida de seguridad = as a backup.
    * como medida provisional = as an interim measure.
    * como medida temporal = as an interim measure.
    * como medida transitoria = as an interim measure.
    * como mejor + poder = as best + Pronombre + can.
    * como mínimo = at least, conservatively, at a minimum.
    * como mínimo hasta que = minimally until.
    * como mucho = at best, at most, if at all, at the most, at the very latest.
    * como muestra de agradecimiento = as a token of thanks.
    * como muestra de + Posesivo + agradecimiento = as a token of + Posesivo + appreciation.
    * como muestra de + Posesivo + gratitud = as a token of + Posesivo + gratitude.
    * como muy tarde = at the latest.
    * como norma = as a rule, as a matter of policy.
    * como norma general = as a rule of thumb, as a general rule, as a general rule of thumb, as a rough guide.
    * cómo nos las ingeniamos para... = how in the world....
    * como nota al margen = on a sidenote.
    * como nuevo = in mint condition, in tip-top condition, in tip-top form.
    * como ocurre en estos casos = as is the way with these things.
    * como + ocurrir + en el caso de = as + be + the case for.
    * como opuesto a = as distinct from, as opposed to.
    * como otra posibilidad = as an alternative.
    * ¡como para creérselo! = Posesivo + famous last words.
    * como parásito = parasitically.
    * como persona que = as one who.
    * como pez fuera del agua = like a fish out of water.
    * como polo opuesto = by polar contrast.
    * como por arte de magia = magically, into thin air.
    * como por ejemplo = such as, to the effect of.
    * como por encanto = magically.
    * como poseído = as one possessed.
    * como preámbulo de = as a preamble to.
    * como primera elección = as a first preference.
    * como prueba de = as a token of, as a sign of.
    * como prueba de agradecimiento = as a token of thanks.
    * como prueba de + Posesivo + agradecimiento = as a token of + Posesivo + appreciation.
    * como prueba de + Posesivo + gratitud = as a token of + Posesivo + gratitude.
    * como pruebas = in evidence, in evidence.
    * como quiera que + Verbo = however + Verbo.
    * como quieras llamarlo = whatever you call it.
    * como reconocimiento a = in recognition of.
    * como respuesta a = in reply to, in response to.
    * como resultado = in consequence, on this basis, on that basis, in doing so.
    * como resultado (de) = as a consequence (of).
    * como salido de fábrica = in mint condition.
    * como segunda alternativa = as a backup.
    * como se indicó en = as was pointed out in.
    * como señal de agradecimiento = as a token of thanks.
    * como señal de + Posesivo + agradecimiento = as a token of + Posesivo + appreciation.
    * como señal de + Posesivo + gratitud = as a token of + Posesivo + gratitude.
    * cómo + ser = what + be like.
    * como si = as though.
    * como si dijéramos = as it were.
    * como siempre = as always.
    * como si fuese = as it were.
    * como siga así = at this rate.
    * como sigue = as follows.
    * como símbolo de = as a token of, as a sign of.
    * como si nada = be right as rain, unfazed.
    * como si no hubiera mañana = like there's no tomorrow.
    * como si + Pronombre + fuese la vida en ello = like there's no tomorrow.
    * como si se acabara el mundo = like there's no tomorrow.
    * como si se fuese a acabar el mundo = like there's no tomorrow.
    * como si se + Pronombre + hubiera tragado la tierra = into thin air.
    * como si (se tratase de) = as if.
    * como si tal cosa = be right as rain, unfazed, just like that.
    * como sustituto de = in place of.
    * como tal = as such, in this capacity, qua.
    * como término medio = on average.
    * como todo un caballero = sportingly.
    * como último recurso = as a last resort, in the last resort.
    * como una aguja en un pajar = like a needle in a haystack.
    * como una balsa de aceite = like a millpond, calm like a millpond.
    * como una cabra = stark raving mad, raving mad.
    * como una cebolla = onion-like.
    * como una condenada = like a madwoman.
    * como una descosida = like a madwoman.
    * como una forma de = as a means of.
    * como una metralladora = quick-fire.
    * como un basilisco = like a bear with a sore head.
    * como un bobo = stupidly.
    * como un bólido = like the clappers.
    * como un campo de batalla = like a war zone.
    * como un cencerro = barking mad, raving mad, stark raving mad.
    * como un condenado = like the clappers, like crazy, like mad, like a lunatic, like a madman, as one possessed.
    * como un descosido = like a lunatic, like a madman, as one possessed.
    * como un detective = detectivelike, sleuthlike.
    * como un elefante en una cacharrería = like an elephant in a china shop.
    * como un energúmeno = like a bear with a sore head.
    * como un estúpido = stupidly.
    * como un experto = expertly.
    * como un glaciar = glacially.
    * como unidad global = as a whole.
    * como un idiota = stupidly.
    * como un loca = like a madwoman.
    * como un loco = like crazy, like mad, like a lunatic, madly, like a madman.
    * como un método para = as a means of.
    * como un modo de = as a way of.
    * como un necio = stupidly.
    * como un observador que pasa desapercibido = fly-on-the-wall, fly-on-the-wall.
    * cómo uno se identifica a sí mismo = self-identification.
    * como un platillo = saucer-like.
    * como un poseído = as one possessed.
    * como un rayo = in a flash.
    * como un reguero de pólvora = like wildfire.
    * como un relámpago = like greased lightning, like the clappers.
    * como un reloj = as regular as clockwork, like clockwork.
    * como un televisor = television-type.
    * como un todo = as a whole.
    * como un tonto = stupidly, foolishly.
    * como un torpe = foolishly.
    * como un zombi = zombielike.
    * como vivir en un escaparate = like being in a (gold)fish bowl.
    * como + Voz Pasiva = as + Participio Pasado.
    * como y cuando = as and when.
    * como y cuando sea + Adjetivo = as + Adjetivo.
    * comportarse como se espera = be a sport.
    * con el mismo + Nombre + como el que... = as + Adverbio + as....
    * conocerse como = be known as.
    * dar como resultado = result (in).
    * de cómo = as to how.
    * durante tanto tiempo como sea posible = for as long as possible.
    * el modo como = the way in which.
    * el problema no es el qué, sino el cómo = the devil (is/lives) in the details.
    * frase como encabezamiento = phrase heading.
    * llegar a ser conocido como = become + known as.
    * mantenerse como válido = hold up.
    * nada menos que + Nombre + tan + Adjetivo + como = no less + Adjetivo + Nombre + than.
    * no + haber + nada como = there + be + nothing like.
    * ofrecerse como voluntario = volunteer.
    * para colmo = on top of everything else.
    * plan de cómo disponer de Algo = disposition instruction.
    * proponer como principio = posit.
    * sea como sea = be that as it may, at all costs, at any cost.
    * seleccionar como relevante = hit.
    * ser como hablar con la pared = be like talking to a brick wall.
    * ser tan buen momento como cualquier otro = be as good a time as any.
    * ser un momento tan bueno como cualquier otro = be as good a time as any.
    * tal como = such as, such + Nombre + as, just as.
    * tal y como aparece = as it/they stand(s).
    * tal y como es/son = as it/they stand(s).
    * tal y como + ser = in + Posesivo + true colours.
    * tan + Adjetivo + como = as + Adjetivo + as, every bit as + Adjetivo + as.
    * tan + Adjetivo + como de costumbre = as + Adjetivo + as ever.
    * tan + Adjetivo + como siempre = as + Adjetivo + as ever.
    * tan pronto como = as soon as, just as soon as, no sooner... than.
    * tan pronto como sea posible = as soon as possible (asap).
    * tanto como = as many... as..., as much as + Adjetivo, both... and..., no less than, equally, if not, so much as.
    * tanto como siempre = as much as ever.
    * tener como equivalente = have + counterpart.
    * tener como motivo central = plan around + Nombre.
    * tener como objetivo = have + as + Posesivo + objective.
    * tomar como ejemplo = take.
    * un poco como = kind of like.

    * * *
    A
    usando el paraguas como bastón using his umbrella as a walking stick
    quiero hablarte como amigo y no como abogado I want to speak to you as a friend and not as a lawyer
    el director tendrá como funciones … the director's duties will be …
    está considerado como lo mejor he's considered (to be) the best
    lo presentó como su ex-marido she introduced him as her ex-husband
    la flor conocida allí como `Santa Rita' the flower known there as `Santa Rita'
    en algunas capitales como Londres in some capital cities such as London o like London
    necesitamos a alguien como tú we need someone like you
    tengo ganas de comer algo dulce — ¿como qué? I fancy something sweet — like what?
    B (en comparaciones, contrastes) like
    quiero un vestido como el tuyo I want a dress like yours
    pienso como tú I agree with you
    fue ella, como que me llamo Beatriz it was her, as sure as my name's Beatriz
    se portó como un caballero he behaved like a gentleman
    la quiero como a una hija I love her like a daughter o as if she were my own daughter
    bailó como nunca she danced as o like she'd never danced before
    me trata como a un imbécil he treats me like an idiot o as if I were an idiot
    se llama algo así como Genaro o Gerardo he's called something like Genaro or Gerardo
    ¡no hay nada como un buen coñac! there's nothing like a good brandy!
    era verde, un verde como el de la alfombra de la oficina it was green, the color of the office carpet
    como PARA + INF:
    es como para echarse a llorar it's enough to make you want to cry, it makes you want to cry
    C ( en locs):
    así como ( frml); as well as
    por esto, así como por muchas otras razones because of this, and for many other reasons as well o as well as for many other reasons
    sus abundantes recursos naturales, así como su importancia estratégica its abundant natural resources, together with o as well as its strategic importance
    como él solo/ella sola: es egoísta como él solo he's so o he's incredibly selfish!
    como mucho at (the) most, at the outside
    como poco at least
    como nadie: hace la paella como nadie she makes wonderful paella, nobody makes paella like her
    como que …: conduce muy biencomo que es piloto de carreras he drives very well — well, he is a racing driver, after all
    le voy a decir cuatro cosas — sí, sí, como que te vas a atrever … I'm going to give him a piece of my mind — oh, yes? I'll believe that when I see it
    y no me lo dijiste — ¡como que no sabía nada! and you didn't tell me about it — that's because I didn't know anything about it myself!
    como ser (CS); such as, for example, like
    como si (+ subj) as if, as though
    actuó como si no le importara she acted as if o as though she didn't care
    ella está grave y él como si nada or como si tal cosa she's seriously ill and he doesn't seem at all worried o he behaves as if it's nothing (to worry about)
    él como si nada or como si tal cosa, ni se inmutó he just stood there without batting an eyelid
    no me gustó el modo or la manera como lo dijo I didn't like the way she said it
    llegó temprano, tal como había prometido he arrived early, just as he had promised
    ganó Raúl, como era de esperar Raúl won, as was to be expected
    así en la tierra como en el cielo on Earth as it is in Heaven
    como dice el refrán as the saying goes
    (tal y) como están las cosas as things stand, the way things are
    (+ subj): hazlo como quieras do it any way you like o how you like
    no voycomo quieras I'm not going — please yourself o as you like
    me dijo que me las arreglara como pudiera he told me to sort things as best I could
    la buganvilla, o como quiera que se llame bougainvillea or whatever it's called
    como quiera que sea, ellos se llevaron la copa anyway, the point is they won the cup
    B (puesto que) as, since
    como todavía era temprano, nos fuimos a dar una vuelta since o as it was still early, we went for a walk, it was still early so we went for a walk
    C (+ subj) (si) if
    como te vuelva a encontrar por aquí if I catch you around here again
    D
    (en oraciones concesivas): cansado como estaba, se ofreció a ayudarme tired though o tired as he was, he offered to help me
    joven como es, tiene más sentido común que tú he may be young but he has more common sense than you
    E
    (que): vimos como se los llevaban en una furgoneta we saw them being taken away in a van, we saw how they were taken away in a van
    vas a ver como llega tarde he'll be late, you'll see
    como a la mitad del camino about half way there
    está como a cincuenta kilómetros it's about fifty kilometers away
    vino como a las seis she came at around o about six
    tiene un sabor como a almendras it has a kind of almondy taste, it tastes something like o a bit like almonds
    un ruido como de un motor a noise like that of an engine
    B (uso expletivo) kind of ( colloq)
    es que me da como vergüenza … I find it kind of embarrassing …
    * * *

     

    Del verbo comer: ( conjugate comer)

    como es:

    1ª persona singular (yo) presente indicativo

    Multiple Entries:
    algo como    
    comer    
    como    
    cómo
    comer ( conjugate comer) verbo intransitivo


    este niño no me come nada (fam) this child won't eat anything (colloq);
    dar(le) de cómo a algn (en la boca) to spoonfeed sb;
    darle de cómo al gato/al niño to feed the cat/the kid;
    salir a cómo (fuera) to go out for a meal, to eat out;
    ¿qué hay de cómo? ( a mediodía) what's for lunch?;

    ( por la noche) what's for dinner o supper?
    b) (esp Esp, Méx) ( almorzar) to have lunch;


    c) (esp AmL) ( cenar) to have dinner

    verbo transitivo
    a)fruta/verdura/carne to eat;

    ¿puedo cómo otro? can I have another one?;

    no tienen qué cómo they don't have anything to eat
    b) (fam) ( hacer desaparecer) See Also→ comerse 3

    c) (en ajedrez, damas) to take

    comerse verbo pronominal
    1
    a) ( al escribir) ‹acento/palabra to leave off;

    línea/párrafo to miss out

    palabra to swallow
    2 ( enf) ‹ comida to eat;

    cómose las uñas to bite one's nails
    3 (fam) ( hacer desaparecer)
    a) [acido/óxido] to eat away (at);

    [polilla/ratón] to eat away (at)
    b) [inflación/alquiler] ‹sueldo/ahorros to eat away at

    como preposición
    a) ( en calidad de) as;



    se la conoce cómo `flor de luz' it's known as `flor de luz'

    c) (en comparaciones, contrastes) like;


    ¡no hay nada cómo un buen coñac! there's nothing like a good brandy!;
    es cómo para echarse a llorar it's enough to make you want to cry
    d) ( en locs)

    así como (frml) as well as;

    como mucho/poco at (the) most/at least;
    como ser (CS) such as, for example;
    como si (+ subj) as if, as though
    ■ conjunción


    cómo era de esperar as was to be expected;
    no me gustó cómo lo dijo I didn't like the way she said it;
    (tal y) cómo están las cosas as things stand;
    hazlo cómo quieras/cómo mejor puedas do it any way you like/as best as you can;
    no voycómo quieras I'm not goingplease yourself
    b) ( puesto que) as, since;

    cómo era temprano, fui a dar una vuelta as it was early, I went for a walk

    c) (si) (+ subj) if;

    cómo te pille … if I catch you …

    ■ adverbio ( expresando aproximación) about;

    un sabor cómo a almendras a kind of almondy taste
    cómo adverbio

    ¿cómo estás? how are you?;

    ¿cómo es tu novia? what's your girlfriend like?;
    ¿cómo es de grande? how big is it?;
    ¿cómo te llamas? what's your name?
    b) ( por qué) why, how come (colloq);

    ¿cómo no me lo dijiste antes? why didn't you tell me before?

    c) ( al solicitar que se repita algo) sorry?, pardon?;

    ¿cómo dijo? sorry, what did you say?


    ¡cómo llueve! it's really raining!;

    ¡cómo comes! the amount you eat!;
    ¡cómo! ¿no te lo han dicho? what! haven't they told you?
    e) ( en locs)

    ¿a cómo …?: ¿a cómo están los tomates? (fam) how much are the tomatoes?;

    ¿a cómo estamos hoy? (AmL) what's the date today?;
    ¡cómo no! of course!;
    ¿cómo que …?: ¿cómo que no fuiste tú? what do you mean it wasn't you?;
    aquí no está — ¿cómo que no? it isn't herewhat do you mean it isn't there?
    comer
    I verbo transitivo
    1 to eat
    2 (en el parchís, etc) to take
    3 (estrechar) ese corte de pelo te come la cara, that haircut makes your face look thinner
    ese mueble te come mucho salón, that piece of furniture makes your living room look smaller
    II verbo intransitivo to eat: hay que darle de comer al perro, we have to feed the dog
    ♦ Locuciones: familiar comer como una lima, to eat like a horse
    familiar comer el coco/tarro a alguien, to brainwash somebody
    sin comerlo ni beberlo, le pusieron una sanción, although he has nothing to do with it, he was disciplined
    como
    I adverbio
    1 (manera) how: hazlo como quieras, do it however you like
    me gusta como habla, I like the way he speaks
    2 (semejanza, equivalencia) as: es como tú, he's just like you
    terco como una mula, as stubborn as a mule
    3 (conformidad) as: como estaba diciendo..., as I was saying...
    como indica el prospecto, as the instructions say
    4 (aproximadamente) about
    como a la mitad de camino, more or less halfway
    como unos treinta, about thirty
    II conj
    1 como [+ subj], (si) if: como no comas, no vas al cine, if you don't eat, you won't go to the cinema
    2 (porque) as, since
    como llamó tan tarde, ya no me encontró, as he phoned so late, he didn't find me in
    3 como si, as if
    como si nada o tal cosa, as if nothing had happened
    familiar como si lo viera, I can just imagine it
    III prep (en calidad de) as: lo aconsejé como amigo, I advised him as a friend
    visitó el museo como experto, she visited the museum as an expert
    ¿As, like o how?
    As
    se usa para hablar de la función, uso, papel o trabajo de una persona o cosa (trabajó como camarera durante las vacaciones, she worked as a waitress during the holidays) o para comparar dos acciones o situaciones y expresar su similitud. En este caso es necesario disponer de un verbo: Entró de botones, como lo había hecho su padre veinte años antes. He entered as an office-boy, as his father had twenty years before.
    Cuando como va seguido de un sustantivo o pronombre también puedes usar like para comparar dos acciones o situaciones: Es como su padre. He's just like his father. Sin embargo, si va seguido de una preposición, hay que usar as: En marzo, como en abril, llovió. In March, as in April, it rained.
    Nunca debes usar how en comparaciones, porque sólo expresa la manera de hacer las cosas: ¿Cómo lo hiciste?, How did you do it?
    cómo adverbio
    1 (interrogativo) how: ¿cómo es de alto?, how high is it?
    ¿cómo estás?, how are you?
    ¿cómo se hace?, how is it made?
    2 (cuánto) ¿a cómo están los plátanos?, how much are the bananas?
    3 (por qué) ¿cómo es que no nos avisaste?, why didn't you warn us?
    familiar ¿cómo es eso?, how come?
    4 (cuando no se ha oído bien) ¿cómo?, what?
    5 (exclamativo) how
    ¡cómo ha cambiado!, how she's changed!
    ♦ Locuciones: cómo no, of course
    ' cómo' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    aburrirse
    - acabada
    - acabado
    - acondicionar
    - acreditar
    - actuar
    - adiós
    - alma
    - alquilar
    - alta
    - alto
    - amable
    - andar
    - apear
    - apenas
    - aprendizaje
    - arreglarse
    - arte
    - así
    - atizar
    - atonía
    - baja
    - bajo
    - bala
    - balsa
    - bañera
    - bastante
    - beber
    - bestia
    - borrega
    - borrego
    - botija
    - buenamente
    - cabra
    - cada
    - caracterización
    - casa
    - cencerro
    - cerrarse
    - cesar
    - chinche
    - cielo
    - coco
    - coletilla
    - colorada
    - colorado
    - comer
    - como
    - como quiera
    - comoquiera
    English:
    ablaze
    - above
    - abroad
    - acclaim
    - accordingly
    - act
    - address
    - alternatively
    - always
    - arouse
    - as
    - ashen
    - attractive
    - awaken
    - away
    - back
    - barrage
    - bash out
    - be
    - beaver away
    - best
    - bicker
    - big
    - black
    - blind
    - bolt
    - bombshell
    - bone
    - border
    - bored
    - both
    - break
    - breed
    - brownout
    - by-product
    - cake
    - calculate
    - care
    - chalk
    - champagne
    - change
    - charm
    - cheer
    - churn out
    - class
    - climax
    - clown around
    - coin
    - colour
    - come about
    * * *
    Como nm
    el lago Como Lake Como
    * * *
    I adv
    1 as;
    como amigo as a friend
    :
    había como cincuenta there were about fifty;
    hace como una hora about an hour ago
    3
    :
    así como as well as
    II conj
    1 if;
    como si as if;
    como si fuera tonto as if he were o was an idiot;
    como no bebas vas a enfermar if you don’t drink you’ll get sick
    2 expresando causa as, since;
    como no llegó, me fui solo as o since she didn’t arrive, I went by myself
    3
    :
    me gusta como habla I like the way he talks;
    como quiera any way you want
    * * *
    cómo adv
    : how
    ¿cómo estás?: how are you?
    ¿a cómo están las manzanas?: how much are the apples?
    ¿cómo?: excuse me?, what was that?
    ¿se puede? ¡cómo no!: may I? please do!
    como adv
    1) : around, about
    cuesta como 500 pesos: it costs around 500 pesos
    2) : kind of, like
    tengo como mareos: I'm kind of dizzy
    como conj
    1) : how, as
    hazlo como dijiste que lo harías: do it the way you said you would
    2) : since, given that
    como estaba lloviendo, no salí: since it was raining, I didn't go out
    3) : if
    como lo vuelva a hacer lo arrestarán: if he does that again he'll be arrested
    4)
    como quiera : in any way
    como prep
    1) : like, as
    ligero como una pluma: light as a feather
    2)
    así como : as well as
    * * *
    como1 adv
    1. (manera) how
    2. (comparaciones) as / like
    3. (según) as
    4. (ejemplo) like
    algunas aves, como el pingüino, no vuelan some birds, like penguins, can't fly
    como sea at all costs / no matter what
    como si as if / as though
    como2 conj
    1. (causa) as
    como hacía sol, nos fuimos a la playa as it was sunny, we went to the beach
    como llegues tarde, te quedarás sin pastel if you're late, you won't get any cake

    Spanish-English dictionary > como

  • 5 महा _mahā

    1
    महा A cow.
    2
    महा The substitute of महत् at the beginning of Karmadhāraya and Bahuvrīhi compounds, and also at the beginning of some other irregular words. (Note: The number of compounds of which महा is the first mem- ber is very large, and may be multiplied ad infinitum. The more important of them, or such as have peculiar significations, are given below.)
    -Comp. -अक्षः an epithet of Śiva. ˚पटलिक a chief keeper of archives.
    -अङ्ग a. huge, bulky.
    -(ङ्गः) 1 a camel.
    -2 a kind of rat.
    -3 N. of Śiva.
    -अञ्जनः N. of a mountain.
    -अत्ययः a great danger or calamity.
    -अध्वनिक a. 'having gone a long way', dead.
    -अध्वरः a great sacrifice.
    -अनसम् 1 a heavy carriage.
    -2 cooking utensils. (
    -सी) a kitchen-maid. (
    -सः, -सम्) a kitchen; सूपानस्य करिष्यामि कुशलो$स्मि महानसे Mb.4.2.2.
    -अनिलः a whirl- wind; महानिलेनेव निदाघजं रजः Ki.14.59.
    -अनुभाव a.
    1 of great prowess, dignified, noble, glorious, magnanimous, exalted, illustrious; ग्रहीतुमार्यान् परिचर्यया मुहुर्महानु- भावा हि नितान्तमर्थिनः Śi.1.17; Ś.3.
    -2 virtuous, righteous, just.
    (-वः) 1 a worthy or respectable person.
    -2 (pl.) people of a religious sect in Mahārāṣtra founded by Chakradhara in the 13th century.
    -अन्तकः 1 death.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -अन्धकारः 1 thick darkness.
    -2 gross (spiritual) ignorance.
    -अन्ध्राः (pl.) N. of a people and their country.
    -अन्वय, -अभिजन a. nobly-born, of noble birth. (
    -यः, -नः) noble birth, high descent.
    -अभिषवः the great extraction of Soma.
    -अमात्यः the chief or prime minister (of a king).
    -अम्बुकः an epithet of Śiva.
    -अम्बुजम् a billion.
    -अम्ल a. very sour. (
    -म्लम्) the fruit of the tamarind tree. अरण्यम् a great (dreary) forest, large forest.
    -अर्घ a. very costly, costing a high price; महार्घस्तीर्थानामिव हि महतां को$प्यतिशयः U.6.11. (
    -र्घः) a kind of quail.
    -अर्घ्य a.
    1 valuable, precious.
    -2 invaluable; ines- timable; see महार्ह below.
    -अर्चिस् a. flaming high.
    -अर्णवः 1 the great ocean.
    -2 N. of Śiva.
    -अर्थ a.
    1 rich.
    -2 great, noble, dignified.
    -3 important, weighty.
    -4 significant.
    -अर्बुदम् one thousand millions.
    -अर्ह a.
    1 very valuable, very costly; महार्हशय्यापरिवर्तनच्युतैः स्वकेशपुष्पैरपि या स्म दूयते Ku.5.12.
    -2 invaluable, inestimable; महार्हशयनोपेत किं शेषे निहतो भुवि Rām.6.19. 2. (
    -र्हम्) white sandal-wood.
    -अवरोहः the fig-tree.
    -अशनिध्वजः a great banner in the form of the thunderbolt; जहार चान्येन मयूरपत्रिणा शरेण शक्रस्य महाशनि- ध्वजम् R.3.56.
    - अशन a. voracious, gluttonous; Mb. 4.
    -अश्मन् m. a precious stone, ruby.
    -अष्टमी the eighth day in the bright half of Āśvina sacred to Durgā; आश्विने शुक्लपक्षस्य भवेद् या तिथिरष्टमी । महाष्टमीति सा प्रोक्ता......
    -असिः a large sword.
    -असुरी N. of Durgā.
    -अह्नः the afternoon.
    -आकार a. extensive, large, great.
    -आचार्यः 1 a great teacher.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -आढ्य a. wealthy, very rich. (
    -ढ्यः) the Kadamba tree.
    -आत्मन् a.
    1 high-souled, high-minded, magnanimous, noble; अयं दुरात्मा अथवा महात्मा कौटिल्यः Mu.7; द्विषन्ति मन्दाश्चरितं महात्मनाम् Ku.5.75; U.1.49; प्रकृतिसिद्धमिदं हि महात्मनाम् Bh.1.63.
    -2 illustrious, distinguished, exalted, eminent; किमाचाराः किमाहाराः क्व च वासो महात्मनाम् Mb.3. 1.4.
    -3 mighty (महाबल); अथायमस्यां कृतवान् महात्मा लङ्केश्वरः कष्टमनार्यकर्म Rām.5.9.74. (-m.)
    1 the Supreme Spirit; युगपत्तु प्रलीयन्ते यदा तस्मिन् महात्मनि Ms.1.54.
    -2 the great principle, i. e. intellect of the Sāṅkhyas. (महात्मवत् means the same as महात्मन्).
    -आनकः a kind of large drum.
    -आनन्दः, -नन्दः 1 great joy or bliss.
    -2 espe- cially, the great bliss of final beatitude.
    (-न्दा) 1 spirituous liquor.
    -2 a festival on the ninth day in the bright half of Māgha.
    -आपगा a great river.
    -आयुधः an epithet of Śiva.
    -आरम्भ a. undertaking great works, enterprizing. (
    -म्भः) any great enterprize.
    -आलयः 1 a temple in general.
    -2 a sanctuary, an asylum.
    -3 a great dwelling.
    -4 a place of pilgrimage.
    -5 the world of Brahman.
    -6 the Supreme Spirit.
    -7 a tree &c. sacred to a deity.
    -8 N. of a particular dark fortnight.
    -9 पितृश्राद्ध in the month of Bhādra- pada. (
    -या) N. of a particular deity.
    - आशय a. high- souled, nobleminded, magnanimous, noble; दैवात् प्रबुद्धः शुश्राव वराहो हि महाशयः Ks; राजा हिरण्यगर्भो महाशयः H.4; see महात्मन्.
    (-यः) 1 a noble-minded or magnanimous person; महाशयचक्रवर्ती Bv.1.7.
    -2 the ocean.
    -आस्पद a.
    1 occupying a great position.
    -2 mighty, powerful.
    -आहवः a great or tumultuous fight.
    -इच्छ a.
    1 magnanimous, noble-minded, high-souled, noble; मही महेच्छः परिकीर्य सूनौ R.18.33.
    -2 having lofty aims or aspirations, ambitious; विद्यावतां महेच्छानां...... नाश्रयः पार्थिवं विना Pt.1.37.
    -इन्द्रः 1 'the great Indra', N. of Indra; इयं महेन्द्रप्रभृतीनधिश्रियः Ku.5.53; R.13.2; Ms.7.7.
    -2 a chief or leader in general.
    -3 N. of a mountain range; पतिर्महेन्द्रस्य महोदधेश्च R.6.54;4.39,43. ˚चापः rain-bow. ˚नगरी N. of Amarāvatī, the capital of Indra. ˚मन्त्रिन् m. an epithet of Bṛihaspati. ˚वाहः the elephant Airāvata; महेन्द्रवाहप्रतिमो महात्मा Mb.9.17.52.
    -इभ्य a. very rich.
    -इषुः a great archer; अधिरोहति गाण्डीवं महेषौ Ki.13.16.
    -इष्वासः a great archer, a great warrior; अत्र शूरा महेष्वासा भामार्जुनसमा युधि Bg.1.4.
    -ईशः, -ईशानः N. of Śiva; महेशस्त्वां धत्ते शिरसि रसराजस्य जयिनीम् Udb. ˚बन्धुः the Bilva tree.
    -ईशानी N. of Pārvatī.
    -ईश्वरः 1 a great lord, sovereign; महेश्वरस्त्र्यम्बक एव नापरः R.; गोप्तारं न निधीनां कथयन्ति महेश्वरं विबुधाः Pt.2.74.
    -2 N. of Śiva.
    -3 of Viṣṇu.
    -4 a god (opp. प्रकृति).
    -5 the Supreme Being (परमात्मा); मायां तु प्रकृतिं विद्यान्मायिनं तु महेश्वरम् Śvet. Up.4.1. ˚सखः N. of Kubera; यया कैलासभवने महेश्वरसखं बली Mb.9.11.55.
    (-री) 1 N. of Durgā.
    -2 a kind of bell-metal.
    -उक्षः (for उक्षन्) a large bull; a full grown or strong bull; महोक्षतां वत्सतरः स्पृशन्निव R.3.32;4.22;6.72; Śi.5.63.
    -उत्पलम् a large blue lotus. (
    -लः) the Sārasa bird.
    -उत्सवः 1 a great festival or occasion of joy; नयनविषयं जन्मन्येकः स एव महोत्सवः Māl.1.36.
    -2 the god of love.
    -उत्साह a. possessed of great energy, energetic, persevering; अहं च कर्णं जानामि...... सत्यसंधं महोत्साहं...... Mb.3.91.2.
    (-हः) 1 perseverance.
    -2 great pride; ये जात्यादिमहो- त्साहान्नरेन्द्रान्नोपयान्ति च । तेषामामरणं भिक्षा प्रायश्चितं विनिर्मितम् ॥ Pt.1.38.
    -उदधिः 1 the great ocean; महोदधेः पूर इवेन्दु- दर्शनात् R.3.17.
    -2 an epithet of Indra. ˚जः a conch- shell, shell.
    - उदय a. very prosperous or lucky, very glorious or splendid, of great prosperity.
    (-यः) 1 (a) great elevation or rise, greatness, prosperity; नन्दस्त्वतीन्द्रियं दृष्ट्वा लोकपालमहोदयम् Bhāg.1.28.1; अपवर्ग- महोदयार्थयोर्भुवमंशाविव धर्मयोर्गतौ R.8.16. (b) great fortune or good luck. (c) greatness, pre-eminence.
    -2 final beatitude.
    -3 a lord, master.
    -4 N. of the district called Kānyakubja or Kanouja; see App.
    -5 N. of the capital of Kanouja.
    -6 sour milk mixed with honey.
    -7 = महात्मन् q. v.; संसक्तौ किमसुलभं महोदयानाम Ki.7.27. ˚पर्वन् a time of union of the middle of श्रवण नक्षत्र and the end of व्यतिपात (generally in the month of माघ or पौष at the beginning of अमावास्या).
    - उदर a. big-bellied, corpulent.
    -(रम्) 1 a big belly.
    -2 dropsy.
    -उदार a.
    1 very generous or magnanimous.
    -2 mighty, powerful.
    -उद्यम a. = महोत्साह q. v; महोद्यमाः कर्म समा- रभन्ते.
    -उद्योग a. very industrious or diligent, hard- working.
    -उद्रेकः a particular measure (= 4 प्रस्थs).
    -उन्नत a. exceedingly lofty. (
    -तः) the palmyra tree.
    -उन्नतिः f. great rise or elevation (fig. also), high rank.
    -उपकारः a great obligation.
    -उपाध्यायः a great preceptor, a learned teacher.
    -उरगः a great serpent; वपुर्महोरगस्येव करालफणमण्डलम् R.12.98.
    -उरस्क a. broad-chested. (
    -स्कः) an epithet of Śiva.
    -उर्मिन् m. the ocean; ततः सागरमासाद्य कुक्षौ तस्य महोर्मिणः Mb.3.2.17.
    -उल्का 1 a great meteor.
    -2 a great fire-brand.
    -ऋत्विज् m. 'great priest', N. of the four chief sacri- ficial priests.
    -ऋद्धि a. very prosperous, opulent. (-f.) great prosperity or affluence.
    -ऋषभः a great bull.
    -ऋषिः 1 a great sage or saint; यस्मादृषिः परत्वेन महांस्त- स्मान्महर्षयः; (the term is applied in Ms.1.34 to the ten Prajāpatis or patriarchs of mankind, but it is also used in the general sense of 'a great sage').
    -2 N. of Sacute;iva.
    -3 of Buddha.
    -ओघ a. having a strong current.
    -घः a very large number; शतं खर्व- सहस्राणां समुद्रमभिधीयते । शतं समुद्रसाहस्रं महौघमिति विश्रुतम् ॥ Rām.6.28.37.
    -ओष्ठ (महोष्ठ) a. having large lips. (
    -ष्ठः) an epithet of Śiva.
    -ओजस् a. very mighty or powerful, possessed of great splendour or glory; महौजसा मानधना धनार्चिताः Ki.1.19. (-m.) a great hero or warrior, a champion. (-n.) great vigour.
    -ओजसम् the discus of Viṣṇu (सुदर्शन). (
    -सी) N. of plant (Mar. कांगणी).
    -ओदनी Asparagus Racemosus (Mar. शतावरी).
    -ओषधिः f.
    1 a very efficacious medicinal plant, a sovereign drug.
    -2 the Dūrvā grass.
    -3 N. of various plants ब्राह्मी, श्वेतकण्टकारी, कटुका, अतिविष &c. ˚गणः a collection of great or medicinal herbs:-- पृश्निपर्णी श्यामलता भृङ्गराजः शतावरी । गुड्चा सहदेवी च महौषधिगणः स्मृतः ॥ cf. also सहदेवी तथा व्याघ्री बला चातिबला त्वचा । शङ्खपुष्पी तथा सिंही अष्टमी च सुवर्चला ॥ महौषध्यष्टकं प्रोक्तं....
    -औषधम् 1 a sovereign remedy, panacea.
    -2 ginger.
    -3 garlic.
    -4 a kind of poison (वत्सनाभ).
    -कच्छः 1 the sea.
    -2 N. of Varuṇa.
    -3 a mountain.
    -कन्दः garlic.
    -कपर्दः a kind of shell.
    -कपित्थः 1 the Bilva tree.
    -2 red garlic.
    -कम्बु a. stark naked. (
    -म्बुः) an epithet of Śiva.
    -कर a.
    1 large-handed.
    -2 having a large revenue.
    -कर्णः an epithet of Śiva.
    -कर्मन् a. doing great works. (-m.) an epithet of Śiva.
    -कला the night of the new moon.
    -कल्पः a great cycle of time (1 years of Brahman); Bhāg.7.15.69.
    -कविः 1 a great poet, a classical poet, such as कालिदास, भवभूति, बाण, भारवि &c.
    -2 an epithet of Śukra.
    -कषायः N. of a plant (Mar. कायफळ).
    -कान्तः an epithet of Śiva. (
    -ता) the earth.
    -काय a. big-bodied, big, gigantic, bulky.
    (-यः) 1 an elephant.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -3 of Viṣṇu.
    -4 of a being attending on Śiva (= नन्दि).
    -कारुणिक a. exceedingly compassionate.
    -कार्तिकी the night of full-moon in the month of Kārtika.
    -कालः 1 a form of Śiva in his character as the destroyer of the world; महाकालं यजेद्देव्या दक्षिणे धूम्रवर्णकम् Kālītantram.
    -2 N. of a cele- brated shrine or temple of Śiva (Mahākāla) (one of the 12 celebrated Jyotirliṅgas) established at Ujjayinī (immortalized by Kālidāsa in his Meghadūta, which gives a very beautiful description of the god, his temple, worship &c., together with a graphic picture of the city; cf. Me.3-38; also R.6.34); महाकालनिवासिनं कालीविलासिनमनश्वरं महेश्वरं समाराध्य Dk.1.1.
    -3 an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -4 N. of a kind of gourd.
    -5 N. of Śiva's servant (नन्दि). ˚पुरम् the city of Ujjayinī. ˚फलम् a red fruit with black seeds; पक्वं महाकालफलं किलासीत् N.22.29.
    -काली an epithet of Durgā in her terrific form.
    -काव्यम् a great or classical poem; (for a full description of its nature, contents &c., according to Rhetoricians see S. D.559). (The number of Mahākāvyas is usually said to be five:-- रघुवंश, कुमारसंभव, किरातार्जुनीय, शिशुपालवध and नैषधचरित or six, if मेघदूत-- a very small poem or खण़्डकाव्य-- be added to the list. But this enumeration is apparently only traditional, as there are several other poems, such as the भट्टिकाव्य, विक्रमाङ्कदेवचरित, हरविजय &c. which have an equal claim to be considered as Mahākāvyas).
    -कीर्तनम् a house.
    -कुमारः the eldest son of a reigning prince, heir-apparent.
    -कुल, -कुलीन a. of noble birth or descent, sprung from a noble family, nobly born. (
    -लम्) a noble birth or family, high descent.
    -कुहः a species of parasitical worm.
    -कृच्छ्रम् a great penance.
    -केतुः N. of Śiva.
    -केशः, -कोशः 1 an epithet of Śiva.
    -2 a large sheath.
    -क्रतुः a great sacrifice; e. g. a horse-sacrifice; तदङ्गमग्ऱ्यं मघवन् महाक्रतोरमुं तुरङ्गं प्रतिमोक्तुमर्हसि R.3.46.
    -क्रमः an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -क्रोधः an epithet of Śiva.
    -क्षत्रपः a great satrap.
    -क्षीरः sugar-cane.
    -क्षीरा f. a She-buffalo; Nighaṇṭaratnākara.
    -खर्वः, -र्वम् a high number (ten billions ?).
    -गजः a great elephant; see दिक्करिन्.
    -गणपतिः a form of the god Gaṇeśa.
    -गदः fever.
    -गन्ध a. exceedingly fragrant. (
    -न्धः) a kind of cane. (
    -न्धम्) a kind of sandal- wood. (
    -न्धा) N. of Chāmuṇḍā.
    -गर्तः, -गर्भः -गीतः N. of Śiva.
    -गर्दभगन्धिका N. of a plant, भारङ्गी.
    -गल a. longnecked.
    -गवः Bos gavaeus.
    -गुण a. very efficacious, sovereign (as a medicine); त्वया ममैष संबन्धः कपिमुख्य महागुणः Rām.5.1.12. (
    -णः) a chief quality, cardinal virtue.
    -गुरुः a highly respectable or venerable person; (these are three, the father, mother and preceptor; पिता माता तथाचार्यो महागुरुरिति स्मृतः).
    -गुल्मा the Soma plant.
    -गृष्टिः f. a cow with a large hump.
    -ग्रहः 1 an epithet of Rāhu.
    -2 the sun; महाग्रहग्राहविनष्टपङ्कः Rām.5.5.6.
    -ग्रामः N. of the ancient capital of Ceylon, the modern Māgama.
    -ग्रीवः 1 a camel.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -ग्रीविन् m. a camel.
    -घूर्णा spirituous liquor.
    -घृतम् ghee kept for a long time (for medicinal purposes).
    -घोष a. noisy, loud-sounding. (
    -षम्) a market, fair. (
    -षः) a loud noise, clamour.
    -चक्रम् the mystic circle in the शाक्त ceremonial.
    -चक्रवर्तिन् m. a universal monarch.
    -चण्डा N. of Chāmuṇḍā.
    -चपला a kind of metre.
    -चमूः f. a large army.
    -छायः the fig-tree.
    -जङ्घः a camel.
    -जटः an epithet of Śiva.
    -जटा 1 a great braid of hair.
    -2 the matted hair of Śiva.
    -जत्रु a. having a great collar-bone. (
    -त्रुः) an epithet of Śiva.
    -जनः 1 a multitude of men, a great many beings, the general populace or public; महाजनो येन गतः स पन्थाः Mb.3.313. 117; आगम्य तु ततो राजा विसृज्य च महाजनम् 6.98.25.
    -2 the populace, mob; विलोक्य वृद्धोक्षमधिष्ठितं त्वया महाजनः स्मेरमुखो भविष्यति Ku.5.7.
    -3 a great man, a distinguished or eminent man; महाजनस्य संसर्गः कस्य नोन्नतिकारकः । पद्मपत्रस्थितं तोयं धत्ते मुक्ताफलश्रियम् Pt.3.6.
    -4 the chief of a caste or trade.
    -5 a merchant, tradesman.
    -जवः an antelope.
    -जातीय a.
    1 rather large.
    -2 of an excellent kind.
    -जालिः, -ली N. of a plant (Mar. सोनामुखी)
    -जिह्वः an epithet of Śiva.
    -ज्ञानिन् m.
    1 a very learned man.
    -2 a great sage.
    -3 N. of Śiva.
    -ज्यैष्ठी the day of fullmoon in the month of Jyeṣṭha; ताभिर्दृश्यत एष यान् पथि महाज्यैष्ठीमहे मन्महे N.15.89; पूर्णिमा रविवारेण महाज्यैष्ठी प्रकीर्तिता Agni P.121.63.
    -ज्योतिस् m. an epithet of Śiva.
    -ज्वरः great affliction.
    -ज्वाल a. very brilliant or shining.
    (-लः) 1 N. of Śiva.
    -2 a sacrificial fire.
    -डीनम् a kind of flight; 'यानं महाडीनमाहुः पवित्रामूर्जितां गतिम्' Mb.8.41.27 (com.).
    -तपस् m.
    1 a great ascetic.
    -2 an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -तलम् N. of one of the seven lower regions; see पाताल.
    -तारा N. of a Buddhist goddess.
    -तिक्तः the Nimba tree.
    -तिथिः the 6th day of a lunation.
    -तीक्ष्ण a. exceedingly sharp or pungent. (
    -क्ष्णा) the marking- nut plant.
    -तेजस् a.
    1 possessed of great lustre or splendour.
    -2 very vigorous or powerful, heroic. (-m.)
    1 a hero, warrior.
    -2 fire.
    -3 an epithet of Kārtikeya. (-n.) quick-silver.
    -त्याग, -त्यागिन् a. very generous. (-m.) N. of Śiva.
    -दंष्ट्रः a species of big tiger.
    -दन्तः 1 an elephant with large tusks.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -दण्डः 1 a long arm.
    -2 a severe punishment.
    -दम्भः an epithet of Śiva.
    -दशा the influence exercised (over a man's destiny) by a predominant planet.
    -दानम् the gift of gold equal to one's own weight; अथातः संप्रवक्ष्यामि महादानस्य लक्षणम्.
    -दारु n. the devadāru tree.
    -दुर्गम् a great calamity; Pt.
    -दूषकः a kind of grain.
    -देवः N. of Śiva.
    (-वी) 1 N. of Pārvatī.
    -2 the chief queen.
    -द्रुमः the sacred fig-tree.
    -द्वारम् a large gate, the chief or outer gate of a temple.
    -धन a.
    1 rich.
    -2 expensive, costly; हेमदण्डैर्महाधनैः Rām.7. 77.13.
    (-नम्) 1 gold.
    -2 incense.
    -3 a costly or rich dress.
    -4 agriculture, husbandry.
    -5 anything costly or precious.
    -6 great booty.
    -7 a great battle (Ved.).
    -धनुस् m. an epithet of Śiva.
    -धातुः 1 gold.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -3 lymph.
    -4 N. of Meru.
    -धी a. having a great understanding.
    -धुर्यः a full-grown draught ox.
    -ध्वजः a camel.
    -ध्वनिक a. dead.
    -नग्नः an athlete; Buddh.
    -नटः an epithet of Śiva; महानटः किं नु...... तनोति...... साम्प्रतमङ्गहारम् N.22.7; महानटबाहुनेव बद्धभुजाङ्केन Vās.
    -नदः a great river.
    -नदी 1 a great river, such as Gaṅgā, Kṛiṣṇā; मन्दरः पर्वतश्चाक्षो जङ्घा तस्य महानदी Mb.8.34.2; संभूयाम्भोधिमभ्येति महानद्या नगापगा Śi.2.1.
    -2 N. of a river falling into the bay of Bengal.
    -नन्दा 1 spirituous liquor.
    -2 N. of a river.
    -3 ninth day of the bright half of the month of Māgha; माघमासस्य या शुक्ला नवमी लोकपूजिचा । महानन्देति सा प्रोक्ता....
    -नरकः N. of one of the 21 hells.
    -नलः a kind of reed.
    -नवमी the ninth day in the bright half of Āśvina, sacred to the worship of Durgā ततो$नु नवमी यस्मात् सा महानवमी स्मृता.
    -नाटकम् 'the great drama', N. of a drama, also called Hanumannāṭaka, (being popularly ascribed to Hanumat); thus defined by S. D.:-- एतदेव यदा सर्वैः पताकास्थानकैर्युतम् । अङ्कैश्च दशभिर्धीरा महानाटकमूचिरे ॥
    -नाडी sinew, tendon.
    -नादः 1 a loud sound, uproar.
    -2 a great drum.
    -3 a thunder-cloud.
    -4 a shell.
    -5 an elephant.
    -6 a lion.
    -7 the ear.
    -8 a camel.
    -9 an epithet of Śiva. (
    -दम्) a musical instrument.
    -नाम्नी 1 N. of a परिशिष्ट of Sāmaveda.
    -2 (pl.) N. of 9 verses of Sāmaveda beginning with विदा मघवन् विदा.
    -नायकः 1 a great gem in the centre of a string of pearls.
    -2 a great head or chief.
    -नासः an epithet of Śiva.
    -निद्र a. fast asleep. (
    -द्रा) 'the great sleep', death.
    -निम्नम् intestines, abdomen.
    -नियमः an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -निर्वाणम् total extinction of individuality (according to the Buddhists).
    -निशा 1 the dead of night, the second and third watches of the night; महानिशा तु विज्ञेया मध्यमं प्रहरद्वयम्
    -2 an epithet of Durgā.
    -नीचः a washerman.
    -नील a. dark-blue. (
    -लः) a kind of sapphire or emerald; इन्द्रनीलमहानीलमणिप्रवरवेदिकम् Rām.5.9.16; महा- महानीलशिलारुचः Śi.1.16;4.44; R.18.42; Kau. A.2.11. 29. ˚उपलः a sapphire.
    -नृत्यः, -नेत्रः an epithet of Śiva.
    -नेमिः a crow.
    -न्यायः the chief rule.
    -पक्ष a.
    1 having many adherents.
    -2 having a large family or retinue; महापक्षे धनिन्यार्थे निक्षेपं निक्षिपेद् बुधः Ms.8.179.
    (-क्षः) 1 an epithet of Garuḍa.
    -2 a kind of duck. (
    -क्षी) an owl.
    -पङ्क्तिः, -पदपङ्क्तिः a kind of metre.
    -पञ्चमूलम् the five great roots:-- बिल्वो$ग्निमन्थः श्योनाकः काश्मरी पाटला तथा । सर्वैस्तु मिलितैरेतैः स्यान्महापञ्चमूलकम् ॥
    -पञ्चविषम् the five great or deadly poisons:-- शृङ्गी च कालकूटश्च मुस्तको वत्सनाभकः । शङ्खकर्णीति योगो$यं महापञ्चविषाभिधः ॥
    -पटः the skin.
    -पथः 1 chief road, principal street, high or main road; संतानकाकीर्णमहापथं तत् Ku.7.3.
    -2 the passage into the next world, i. e. death.
    -3 N. of certain mountain-tops from which devout persons used to throw themselves down to secure entrance into heaven.
    -4 an epithet of Śiva.
    -5 the long pilgrimage to mount Ke- dāra.
    -6 the way to heaven.
    -7 the knowledge of the essence of Śiva acquired in the pilgrimage to Kedāra.
    -पथिक a.
    1 undertaking great journeys.
    -2 one receiving Śulka (toll) on the high way; cf. Mb.12.76.6 (com. महापथिकः समुद्रे नौयानेन गच्छन् यद्वा महापथि शुल्कग्राहकः)
    -पद्मः 1 a particular high number.
    -2 N. of Nārada.
    -3 N. of one of the nine treasures of Kubera.
    -4 N. of the southernmost elephant supporting the world.
    -5 an epithet of Nanda.
    -6 a Kinnara attendant on Kubera.
    (-द्मम्) 1 a white lotus.
    -2 N. of a city. ˚पतिः N. of Nanda.
    -पराकः a. a particular penance; Hch.
    -पराङ्णः a late hour in the afternoon.
    -पवित्रः an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -पशुः large cattle; महापशूनां हरणे... दण्डं प्रकल्पयेत् Ms.8.324.
    -पातः a long flight; Pt.2.58.
    -पातकम् 1 a great sin, a heinous crime; ब्रह्महत्या सुरापानं स्तेयं गुर्वङ्गनागमः । महान्ति पातकान्याहुस्तत्संसर्गश्च पञ्चमम् ॥ Ms.1154.
    -2 any great sin or transgression.
    -पात्रः a prime minister.
    -पादः an epithet of Śiva.
    -पाप्मन् a. very sinful or wicked.
    -पुराणम् N. of a Purāṇa; महापुराणं विज्ञेयमेकादशकलक्षणम् Brav. P.
    -पुंसः a great man.
    -पुरुषः 1 a great man, an eminent or distinguished personage; शब्दं महापुरुषसंविहितं निशम्य U. 6.7.
    -2 the Supreme Spirit.
    -3 an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -पौरुषिकः a worshipper of Viṣṇu; तदहं ते$भिधास्यामि महापौरुषिको भवान् Bhāg.2.1.1.
    -पुष्पः a kind of worm.
    -पूजा great worship; any solemn worship performed on extraordinary occasions.
    -पृष्ठः a camel.
    -पोटगलः a kind of large reed.
    -प्रजापतिः N. of Viṣṇu.
    -प्रतीहारः a chief door-keeper.
    -प्रपञ्चः the great universe.
    -प्रभ a. of great lustre. (
    -भः) the light of a lamp.
    -प्रभुः 1 a great lord.
    -2 a king, sovereign.
    -3 a chief.
    -4 an epithet of Indra.
    -5 of Śiva
    -6 of Viṣṇu.
    -7 a great saint or holy man.
    -प्रलयः 'the great dissolution', the total annihilation of the universe at the end of the life of Brahman, when all the lokas with their inha- bitants, the gods, saints &c. including Brahman himself are annihilated; महाप्रलयमारुत...... Ve.3.4.
    -प्रश्नः a knotty question.
    -प्रसादः 1 a great favour.
    -2 a great present (of food offered to an idol); पादोदकं च निर्माल्यं नैवेद्यं च विशेषतः । महाप्रसाद इत्युक्त्वा ग्राह्यं विष्णोः प्रयत्नतः
    -प्रस्थानम् 1 departing this life, death.
    -2 setting out on a great journey for ending life; इहैव निधनं याम महाप्रस्थानमेव वा Rām.2.47.7 (com. महाप्रस्थानं मरणदीक्षा- पूर्वकमुत्तराभिमुखगमनम्); Mb.1.2.365.
    -प्राणः 1 the hard breathing or aspirate sound made in the pronunciation of the aspirates.
    -2 the aspirated letters themselves (pl.); they are:-- ख्, घ्, छ्, झ्, ठ्, ढ्, थ्, ध्, फ्, भ्, श्, ष्, स्, ह्.
    -3 a raven.
    -प्राणता possession of great strength or essence; अन्यांश्च जीवत एव महाप्राणतया स्फुरतो जग्राह K.
    -प्रेतः a noble departed spirit.
    -प्लवः a great flood, deluge;... क्षिप्तसागरमहाप्लवामयम् Śi.14.71.
    -फल a.
    1 bearing much fruit.
    -2 bringing much reward.
    (-ला) 1 a bitter gourd.
    -2 a kind of spear.
    (-लम्) 1 a great fruit or reward.
    -2 a testicle.
    -फेना the cuttle-fish bone.
    -बन्धः a peculiar position of hands or feet.
    -बभ्रुः a kind of animal living in holes.
    -बल a. very strong; नियुज्यमानो राज्याय नैच्छद्राज्यं महाबलः Rām
    (-लः) 1 wind, storm.
    -2 a Buddha.
    -3 a solid bamboo.
    -4 a palm.
    -5 a crocodile.
    -बला N. of a plant; महाबला च पीतपुष्पा सहदेवी च सा स्मृता Bhāva. P. (
    -लम्) lead. ˚ईश्वरः N. of a Liṅga of Śiva near the modern Mahābaleśwara.
    -बाध a. causing great pain or damage.
    -बाहु a. long-armed, powerful. (
    -हुः) an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -बि(वि)लम् 1 the atmosphere.
    -2 the heart.
    -3 a water-jar, pitcher.
    -4 a hole, cave.
    -बिसी a variety of skin (चर्म), a product of द्वादशग्राम in the Himālayas.
    -बी(वी)जः an epithet of Śiva.
    -बी (वी)ज्यम् the perinæum.
    -बुध्न a. having a great bottom or base (as a mountain).
    -बुशः barley.
    -बृहती a kind of metre.
    -बोधिः 1 the great intelligence of a Buddha.
    -2 a Buddha.
    -ब्रह्मम्, -ब्रह्मन् n. the Supreme Spirit.
    -ब्राह्मणः 1 a great or learned Brāhmaṇa.
    -2 a low or contemptible Brāhmaṇa.
    -भटः a great warrior; तदोजसा दैत्यमहाभटार्पितम् Bhāg.
    -भद्रा N. of the river Gaṅgā.
    -भाग a.
    1 very fortunate or blessed, very lucky or prosperous.
    -2 illustrious, distinguished, glo- rious; उभौ धर्मौ महाभागौ Mb.12.268.3; महाभागः कामं नरपतिरभिन्नस्थितिरसौ Ś.5.1; Ms.3.192.
    -3 very pure or holy, highly virtuous; पतिव्रता महाभागा कथं नु विचरिष्यति Mb.4.3.16.
    -भागता, -त्वम्, -भाग्यम् 1 extreme good fortune, great good luck, prosperity.
    -2 great excel- lence or merit.
    -भागवतम् the great Bhāgavata, one of the 18 Purāṇas. (
    -तः) a great worshipper of Viṣṇu.
    -भागिन् a. very fortunate or prosperous.
    -भाण्डम् a chief treasury.
    -भारतम् N. of the celebrated epic which describes the rivalries and contests of the sons of Dhṛitarāṣṭra and Pāṇḍu. (It consists of 18 Parvans or books, and is said to be the composition of Vyāsa; cf. the word भारत also); महत्त्वाद्भारतत्वाच्च महाभारतमुच्यते
    -भाष्यम् 1 a great commentary.
    -2 particularly, the great commentary of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini.
    -भासुरः an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -भिक्षुः N. of Śākyamuni.
    -भीता a kind of sensitive plant (लाजाळू).
    -भीमः an epithet of king Śantanu.
    -भीरुः a sort of beetle or fly.
    -भुज a. long-armed, powerful.
    -भूतम् a great or primary element; see भूत; तस्यैतस्य महाभूतस्य निःश्वसितमेतद्यदृग्वेदः Up.; तं वेधा विदधे नूनं महाभूतसमाधिना R.1. 29; Ms.1.6.
    (-तः) 1 the Supreme Being.
    -2 a great creature.
    -भोगः 1 a great enjoyment.
    -2 a great coil or hood; great winding.
    -3 a serpent. (
    -गा) an epi- thet of Durgā.
    -मणिः 1 a costly or precious jewel; संस्कारोल्लिखितो महामणिरिव क्षीणो$पि नालक्ष्यते Ś.6.5.
    -2 N. of Śiva.
    -मति a.
    1 high-minded.
    -2 clever. (
    -तिः) N. of Bṛihaspati or Jupiter.
    -मत्स्यः a large fish, sea-monster.
    -मद a. greatly intoxicated. (
    -दः) an elephant in rut.
    -मनस्, -मनस्क a.
    1 high-minded, noble- minded, magnanimous; ततो युधिष्ठिरो राजा धर्मपुत्रो महामनाः Mb.4.1.7.
    -2 liberal.
    -3 proud, haughty. (-m) a fabulous animal called शरभ q. v.
    -मन्त्रः 1 any sacred text of the Vedas.
    -2 a great or efficacious charm, a powerful spell.
    -मन्त्रिन् m. the prime-minister, premier.
    -मयूरी N. of Buddhist goddess.
    -मलहारी a kind of Rāgiṇi.
    -महः a great festive procession; Sinhās.
    -महस् n. a great light (seen in the sky).
    -महोपाध्यायः 1 a very great preceptor.
    -2 a title given to learned men and reputed scholars; e. g. महामहो- पाध्यायमल्लिनाथसूरि &c.
    -मांसम् 'costly flesh', especially human flesh; न खलु महामांसविक्रयादन्यमुपायं पश्यामि Māl.4; अशस्त्रपूतं निर्व्याजं पुरुषाङ्गोपकल्पितम् । विक्रीयते महामांसं गृह्यतां गृह्यतामिदम् 5.12 (see Jagaddhara ad loc.).
    -माघी the full-moon day in the month of Māgha.
    -मात्र a.
    1 great in measure, very great or large.
    -2 most excellent, best; वृष्ण्यन्धकमहामात्रैः सह Mb.1.221.27; 5.22.37.
    (-त्रः) 1 a great officer of state, high state- official, a chief minister; (मन्त्रे कर्मणि भूषायां वित्ते माने परिच्छदे । मात्रा च महती येषां महामात्रास्तु ते स्मृताः); Ms. 9.259; गूढपुरुषप्रणिधिः कृतमहामात्रापसर्पः (v. l. महामात्यापसर्पः) पौरजानपदानपसर्पयेत् Kau. A.1.13.9; Rām.2.37.1.
    -2 an elephant-driver or keeper; मदोन्मत्तस्य भूपस्य कुञ्जरस्य च गच्छतः । उन्मार्गं वाच्यतां यान्ति महामात्राः समीपगाः ॥ Pt.1.161.
    -3 a superintendent of elephants.
    (-त्री) 1 the wife of a chief minister.
    -2 the wife of a spiritual teacher.
    -मानसी N. of a Jain goddess.
    -मान्य a. being in great honour with; मकरन्दतुन्दिलानामरविन्दानामयं महामान्यः Bv.1.6.
    -मायः 1 an epithet of Śiva.
    -2 of Viṣṇu.
    -माया 1 worldly illusion, which makes the material world appear really existent.
    -2 N. of Durgā; महामाया हरेश्चैषा यया संमोह्यते जगत् Devīmāhātmya.
    -मायूरम् a particular drug. (
    -री) N. of an amulet and a goddess; Buddh.
    -मारी 1 cholera, an epidemic.
    -2 an epithet of Durgā.
    -मार्गः high road, main street. ˚पतिः a superintendent of roads.
    -मालः N. of Śiva.
    -माहेश्वरः a great worshipper of Maheśvara or Śiva.
    -मुखः a crocodile.
    -मुद्रा a parti- cular position of hands or feet (in practice of yoga).
    -मुनिः 1 a great sage.
    -2 N. of Vyāsa.
    -3 an epithet of Buddha.
    -4 of Agastya.
    -5 the coriander plant. (
    -नि n.)
    1 coriander seed.
    -2 any medicinal herb or drug.
    -मूर्तिः N. of Viṣṇu.
    -मूर्धन् m. an epithet of Śiva.
    -मूलम् a large radish. (
    -लः) a kind of onion.
    -मूल्य a. very costly. (
    -ल्यः) a ruby.
    -मृगः 1 any large animal.
    -2 an elephant,
    -3 the fabulous animal called शरभ.
    -मृत्युः, -मेधः N. of Śiva.
    -मृत्युंजयः a kind of drug.
    -मृधम् a great battle.
    -मेदः the coral tree; महामेदाभिधो ज्ञेयः Bhāva. P.
    -मेधा an epithet of Durgā.
    -मोहः great infatuation or confusion of mind. (ससर्ज) महामोहं च मोहं च तमश्चाज्ञानवृत्तयः Bhāg.3.12.2. (
    -हा) an epithet of Durgā.
    -यज्ञः 'a great sacrifice', a term applied to the five daily sacrifices or acts of piety to be performed by a house-holder; अध्यापनं ब्रह्मयज्ञः पितृयज्ञस्तु तर्पणम् । होमो दैवो (or देवयज्ञः) बलिर्भौतो (or भूतयज्ञः) नृयज्ञो$तिथिपूजनम् ॥ Ms.3.7,71, (for explanation, see the words s. v.).
    -2 N. of Viṣṇu.
    -यमकम् 'a great Yamaka', i. e. a stanza all the four lines of which have exactly the same words, though different in sense; e. g. see Ki.15.52, where विकाशमीयुर्जगतीशमार्गणाः has four different senses; cf. also बभौ मरुत्वान् विकृतः समुद्रः Bk.1.19.
    -यशस् a. very famous, renowned, celebrated.
    -यात्रा 'the great pilgrimage', the pilgrimage to Benares.
    -यानम् N. of the later system of Buddhist teaching, firstly promul- gated by Nāgārjuna (opp. हीनयान).
    -याम्यः an epi- thet of Viṣṇu.
    -युगम् 'a great Yuga', consisting of the four Yugas of mortals, or comprising 4,32, years of men.
    -योगिन् m.
    1 an epithet of Śiva.
    -2 of Viṣṇu.
    -3 a cock.
    -योनिः f. excessive dilation of the female organ.
    -रक्तम् coral.
    -रङ्गः a large stage.
    -रजतम् 1 gold; उच्चैर्महारजतराजिविराजितासौ Śi.4.28.
    -2 the thorn-apple.
    -रजनम् 1 safflower.
    -2 gold.
    -3 turmeric; तस्य हैतस्य पुरुषस्य रूपं यथा महारजनं वासः Bṛi. Up.2.3.6.
    -रत्नम् 1 a precious jewel; वज्रं मुक्ता प्रवालं च गोमेदश्चेन्द्रनीलकः ॥ वैडूर्यः पुष्करागश्च पाचिर्माणिक्यमेव च । महारत्नानि चैतानि नव प्रोक्तानि सूरिभिः ॥ Śukra.4.155-56.
    -रथः 1 a great chariot.
    -2 a great warrior or hero; द्रुपदश्च महारथः Bg.1.4; कुतः प्रभावो धनंजयस्य महारथजयद्रथस्य विपत्तिमुत्पादयितुम् Ve.2; दशरथः प्रशशास महारथः R.9.1; Śi.3.22; (a महारथ is thus defined:-- एको दशसहस्राणि योधयेद्यस्तु धन्विनाम् ॥ शस्त्रशास्त्र- प्रवीणश्च विज्ञेयः स महारथः ॥).
    -3 desire, longing; cf. मनोरथ.
    -रवः a frog.
    -रस a. very savoury.
    (-सः) 1 a sugar- cane.
    -2 quicksilver.
    -3 a precious mineral.
    -4 the fruit of the date tree.
    -5 any one of the eight substan- ces given below:-- दरदः पारदं शस्ये वैक्रान्तं कान्तमभ्रकम् । माक्षिकं विमलश्चेति स्युरेते$ष्टौ महारसाः ॥ (
    -सम्) sour ricewater.
    -राजः 1 a great king, sovereign or supreme ruler; पञ्चाशल्लक्षपर्यन्तो महाराजः प्रकीर्तितः Śukra.1.184.
    -2 a respect- ful mode of addressing kings or other great personages (my lord, your majesty, your highness); इति सत्यं महाराज बद्धो$स्म्यर्थेन कौरवैः Mb.
    -3 a deified Jaina teacher.
    -4 a fingernail. ˚अधिराजः a universal emperor, para- mount sovereign. ˚चूतः a kind of mango tree.
    -राजिकः N. of Viṣṇu.
    -राजिकाः (m. pl.) an epithet of a class of gods (said to be 22 or 236 in number.).
    -राज्यम् the rank or title of a reigning sovereign.
    -राज्ञी 1 the reigning or chief queen, principal wife of a king.
    -2 N. of Durgā.
    -रात्रम् midnight, dead of night.
    -रात्रिः, -त्री f.
    1 see महाप्रलय; ब्रह्मणश्च निपाते च महाकल्पो भवेन्नृप । प्रकीर्तिता महारात्रिः.
    -2 midnight.
    -3 the eighth night in the bright half of Āśvina.
    -राष्ट्रः 'the great kingdom', N. of a country in the west of India, the country of the Marāṭhās.
    -2 the people of Mahārāṣṭra; the Marāṭhās (pl.). (
    -ष्ट्री) N. of the principal Prākṛita; dialect, the language of the people of the Mahārāṣṭra; cf. Daṇḍin:-- महाराष्ट्राश्रयां भाषां प्रकृष्टं प्राकृतं विदुः Kāv.1.34.
    -रिष्टः a kind of Nimba tree growing on mountains.
    -रुज्, -ज a. very painful.
    -रुद्रः a form of Śiva.
    -रुरुः a species of antelope.
    -रूप a. mighty in form.
    (-पः) 1 an epithet of Śiva.
    -2 resin.
    -रूपकम् a kind of drama.
    -रेतस् m. an epithet of Śiva.
    -रोगः a dangerous illness, grievous malady; (these are eight:-- उन्मादो राजयक्ष्मा च श्वासस्त्वग्दोष एव च । मधुमेहश्चाश्मरी च तथो- दरभगन्दरौ ॥).
    -रौद्र a. very dreadful. (
    -द्री) an epithet of Durgā.
    -रौरवः N. of one of the 21 hells; Ms.4.88-9.
    -लक्ष्मी 1 the great Lakṣmī, or Śakti of Nārāyaṇa; सेवे सैरिभमर्दिनीमिह महालक्ष्मीं सरोजस्थिताम्.
    -2 a young girl who represents the goddess Durgā at the Durgā festival.
    -लयः 1 a great world destruction.
    -2 the Supreme Being (महदादीनां लयो यस्मिन्).
    -लिङ्गम् the great Liṅga or Phallus. (
    -ङ्गः) an epithet of Śiva.
    -लोलः a crow.
    -लोहम् a magnet.
    -वंशः N. of a wellknown work in Pali (of the 5th century).
    -वक्षस् m. epithet of Śiva.
    -वनम् a large forest in Vṛindāvana.
    -वरा Dūrvā grass.
    -वराहः 'the great boar', an epithet of Viṣṇu in his third or boar incarnation.
    -वर्तनम् high wages;
    -वल्ली 1 the Mādhavī creeper.
    -2 a large creeping plant.
    -वसः the porpoise.
    -वसुः silver; Gīrvāṇa.
    -वाक्यम् 1 a long sentence.
    -2 any continuous composition or literary work.
    -3 a great proposition, principal sentence; such as तत्त्वमसि, ब्रह्मैवेदं सर्वम् &c.
    -4 a complete sentence (opp. अवान्तरवाक्य q. v.); न च महावाक्ये सति अवान्तरवाक्यं प्रमाणं भवति ŚB. on MS.6.4.25.
    -वातः a stormy wind, violent wind; महावाता<?>तैर्महिषकुलनीलैर्जलधरैः Mk.5.22.
    -वादिन् m. a great or powerful disputant.
    -वायुः 1 air (as an element).
    -2 stormy wind, hur- ricane, tempest.
    -वार्तिकम् N. of the Vārtikas of Kātyāyana on Pāṇini's Sūtras.
    -विडम् a kind of factitious salt.
    -विदेहा N. of a certain वृत्ति or condition of the mind in the Yoga system of philosophy.
    -विद्या the great lores; काली तारा महाविद्या षोडशी भुवनेश्वरी । भैरवी छिन्नमस्ता च विद्या धूमवती तथा । बगला सिद्धविद्या च मातङ्गी कमला- त्मिका । एता दश महाविद्याः... ॥
    -विपुला a kind of metre.
    -विभाषा a rule giving a general option or alternative; इति महाविभाषया साधुः.
    -विभूतिः an epithet of Śiva.
    -विषः a serpent having two mouths.
    -विषुवम् the vernal equinox. ˚संक्रान्तिः f. the vernal equinox (the sun's entering the sign Aries).
    -विस्तर a. very extensive or copious.
    -वीचिः N. of a hell.
    -वीरः 1 a great hero or warrior.
    -2 a lion.
    -3 the thunderbolt of Indra.
    -4 an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -5 of Garuḍa.
    -6 of Hanumat.
    -7 a cuckoo.
    -8 a white horse.
    -9 a sacrificial fire.
    -1 a sacrificial vessel.
    -11 a kind of hawk. ˚चरितम् N. of a celebrated drama by Bhavabhūti.
    -वीर्य a. of great valour, very powerful.
    (-र्यः) 1 N. of Brah- man.
    -2 the Supreme Being. (
    -र्या) the wild cotton shrub.
    -2 an epithet of संज्ञा, the wife of the sun.
    -वृषः a great bull.
    -वेग a.
    1 very swift or fleet.
    (-गः) 1 great speed, excessive velocity.
    -2 an ape.
    -3 the bird Garuḍa.
    -वेघः a particular position of hands or feet (in the practice of Yoga).
    -वेल a. billowy.
    -व्याधिः f.
    1 a great disease.
    -2 a very bad kind of leprosy (black leprosy).
    -व्याहृतिः f. a great mystical word, i. e. भूर्, भुवस् and स्वर्.
    -व्रत a. very devotional, rigidly observing vows.
    (-तम्) 1 a great vow, a great reli- gious observance; a vow for not taking even water for a month; महाव्रतं चरेद्यस्तु Mb.12.35.22 (com. महाव्रतं मासमात्रं जलस्यापि त्यागः).
    -2 any great or funda- mental duty; प्राणैरपि हिता वृत्तिरद्रोहो व्याजवर्जनम् । आत्मनीव प्रियाधानमेतन्मैत्रीमहाव्रतम् Mv.5.59; क्रतौ महाव्रते पश्यन् ब्रह्मचारी- त्वरीरतम् N.17.23.
    -व्रतिन् m.
    1 a devotee, an ascetic.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -शक्तिः 1 an epithet of Śiva.
    -2 of Kārtikeya.
    -शङ्कुः the sine of the sun's eleva- tion.
    -शङ्खः 1 a great conch-shell; पौण्ड्रं दध्मौ महाशङ्खं Bg.1.15; महाशङ्खमयी माला ताराविद्याजपे प्रिया Tantra.
    -2 the temporal bone, forehead.
    -3 a human bone.
    -4 a particular high number.
    -5 one of Kubera's treasures.
    -शठः a kind of thorn-apple.
    -शब्द a. making a loud sound, very noisy, boisterous.
    -शल्कः a kind of sea- crab or prawn; Ms.3.272.
    -शालः a great householder.
    -शालिः a kind of large and sweetsmelling rice.
    -शाल्वणम् ('great fomentation') N. of a remedy; Suśr.
    -शासन a.
    1 exercising great power.
    -2 whose commands are great; त्रैलोक्यघिपतित्वमेव विरसं यस्मिन् महा- शासने Bh.3.8.
    (-नम्) 1 the knowledge of Brahma as expounded in the Upaniṣadas.
    -2 great order of government.
    -शिरस् m. a kind of serpent.
    -शिवरात्रिः N. of a festival on the 14th day of the dark half of Māgha,
    -शुक्तिः f. a pearl-shell.
    -शुक्ला an epithet of Sarasvatī.
    -शुभ्रम् silver.
    -शूद्रः (-द्री f.)
    1 a Sūdra in a high position.
    -2 a cowherd.
    -3 an upper servant. (
    -द्री) a female cow-keeper. (
    -द्रा) a Śudra woman in a high position.
    -शून्यम् a particular mental condi- tion of a Yogin.
    -शृङ्गः 1 a species of stag.
    -2 the शरभ animal.
    -श्मशानम् an epithet of Benares.
    -श्यामा the Sissoo tree. (Mar. शिसवी).
    -श्रमणः 1 an epithet of Buddha.
    -2 a Jain monk.
    -श्लक्ष्णा sand.
    -श्वासः a kind of asthma.
    -श्वेता 1 an epithet of Sarasvatī.
    -2 of Durgā.
    -3 white sugar.
    -संहिता great combi- nation.
    -संक्रान्तिः f. the winter solstice.
    -सती a very chaste woman.
    -सत्ता absolute existence.
    -सत्यः an epithet of Yama.
    -सत्त्व a.
    1 noble.
    -2 very strong or powerful.
    -3 just, righteous.
    (-त्त्वः) 1 a large animal.
    -2 N. of Sākyamuni.
    -3 an epithet of Kubera.
    -संधिविग्रहः the office of the minister of peace and war.
    -सन्नः an epithet of Kubera.
    -सन्निः m. (in music) a kind of measure.
    -समुद्रः the great ocean.
    -सर्गः a great or completely new creation (after a complete destruction of the world).
    -सर्जः the bread- fruit or jack-tree.
    -साधनभागः a great executive officer.
    -सांतपनः a kind of very rigid penance; see Ms.11. 218.
    -सांधिविग्रहिकः a minister of peace and war.
    -सामन्तः a great vassal.
    -सामान्यम् the widest genera- lity.
    -सारः a kind of Khadira tree.
    -सारथिः an epithet of Aruṇa.
    -साहसम् great violence or outrage, great audacity.
    -साहसिकः a dacoit, highwayman, a daring robber.
    -सिंहः the fabulous animal called Śarabha.
    -सिद्धिः f. a kind of magical power.
    -सुखम् 1 great pleasure.
    -2 copulation. (
    -खः) a Buddha.
    -सुगन्धम् a fragrant unguent.
    -सुगन्धिः a kind of antidote.
    -सुधा silver; Gīrvāṇa.
    -सुभिक्षम् good times.
    -सूक्तः the composer of the great Sūktas or hymns of the 1th Maṇḍala of the Ṛigveda.
    -सूक्ष्मा sand.
    -सूतः a mili- tary drum.
    -सेनः 1 an epithet of Kārtikeya; महासेन- प्रसूतिं तद्ययौ शरवणं महत् Rām.7.16.1.
    -2 the commander of a large army. (
    -ना) a great army.
    -स्कन्धः a camel.
    -स्थली the earth.
    -स्थानम् a great position.
    -स्नेहः a combination of the 4 kinds of fat.
    -स्मृतिः the Ṣaḍaṅgas and Smṛitis; महास्मृतिं पठेद्यस्तु तथैवानुस्मृतिं शुभाम् Mb.12.2.3.
    -स्रोतस् n. the bowels.
    -स्रग्विन् m. an epithet of Śiva.
    -स्वनः a kind of drum.
    -हंसः an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -हविस् n. clarified butter.
    -हस्तः an epithet of Śiva.
    -हासः a loud or boisterous laughter, cachinnation.
    -हिमवत् m. N. of a mountain.
    -ह्रस्वा N. of a plant (Mar. कुहिली).

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > महा _mahā

  • 6 Manuel I, king

    (1469-1521)
       King Manuel I, named "The Fortunate" in Portuguese tradition, ruled from 1495 to 1521, the zenith of Portugal's world power and imperial strength. Manuel was the 14th king of Portugal and the ninth son of Infante Dom Fernando and Dona Brites, as well as the adopted son of King João II (r. 1481-95). Manuel ascended the throne when the royal heir, Dom Afonso, the victim of a riding accident, suddenly died. Manuel's three marriages provide a map of the royal and international history of the era. His first marriage (1497) was to the widow of Dom Afonso, son of King João II, late heir to the throne. The second (1500) was to the Infanta Dona Maria of Castile, and the third marriage (1518) was to Dona Leonor, sister of King Carlos V (Hapsburg emperor and king of Spain).
       Manuel's reign featured several important developments in government, such as the centralization of state power and royal absolutism; overseas expansion, namely the decision in 1495 to continue on from Africa to Asia and the building of an Asian maritime trade empire; and innovation and creativity in culture, with the emergence of the Manueline architectural style and the writings of Gil Vicente and others. There was also an impact on population and demography with the expulsion or forcible conversion of the Jews. In 1496, King Manuel I approved a decree that forced all Jews who would not become baptized as Christians to leave the country within 10 months. The Jews had been expelled from Spain in 1492. The economic impact on Portugal in coming decades or even centuries is debatable, but it is clear that a significant number of Jews converted and remained in Portugal, becoming part of the Portuguese establishment.
       King Manuel's decision in 1495, backed by a royal council and by the Cortes called that year, to continue the quest for Asia by means of seeking an all-water route from Portugal around Africa to India was momentous. Sponsorship of Vasco da Gama's first great voyage (1497-99) to India was the beginning of an era of unprecedented imperial wealth, power, and excitement. It became the official goal to create a maritime monopoly of the Asian spice trade and keep it in Portugal's hands. When Pedro Álvares Cabral's voyage from Lisbon to India was dispatched in 1500, its route was deliberately planned to swing southwest into the Atlantic, thus sighting "The Land of the Holy Cross," or Brazil, which soon became a Portuguese colony. Under King Manuel, the foundations were laid for Portugal's Brazilian and Asian empire, from Calicut to the Moluccas. Described by France's King Francis I as the "Grocer King," with his command of the mighty spice trade, King Manuel approved of a fitting monument to the new empire: the building of the magnificent Jerónimos Monastery where, after his death in 1521, both Manuel and Vasco da Gama were laid to rest.

    Historical dictionary of Portugal > Manuel I, king

  • 7 Vermögen

    Vermögen n 1. WIWI fortune, wealth (Reichtum); means, substance; property (Besitz, Eigentum); 2. FIN, RW assets (Aktiva, Vermögenswerte); net worth (Reinvermögen = Nettovermögen = Aktiva minus Schulden); capital (als konkretes Kapital Gegensatz zum abstrakten Kapital der Passivseite der Bilanz, Realvermögen); 3. GEN power, property; fortune (großer Geldbetrag); money (Geldvermögen) durch bewegliches oder unbewegliches Vermögen dinglich gesichert RECHT secured by a charge on movable or immovable property zu liquidierendes Vermögen RECHT assets to be realised
    * * *
    n 1. < Finanz> assets; 2. < Geschäft> power, property; 3. < Rechnung> assets, net worth, konkretes Kapital capital (Gegensatz zum abstrakten Kapital der Passivseite der Bilanz) ; 4. <Vw> Geldvermögen money
    * * *
    Vermögen
    property [and effects], fortune, (Aktiva) assets, (Fähigkeit) faculty, power, ability, capacity, (Gesellschaft) treasury, (Kapital) funds, means, (Nachlass) estate, (Reichtum) wealth, riches, money, substance;
    im Vermögen der toten Hand in mortmain;
    abgesondertes Vermögen (Ehefrau) separate property;
    abgetretenes Vermögen assigned property;
    Ertrag abwerfendes Vermögen income-producing property;
    von der Versicherungsgesellschaft anerkanntes Vermögen net assets;
    in Grundstücken angelegtes Vermögen capital invested in real property;
    in Staatspapieren angelegtes Vermögen funded property;
    in Wertpapieren angelegtes Vermögen property capital, (Kapitalanlagegesellschaft) total investments;
    anmeldepflichtiges Vermögen property to be reported (declared);
    ansehnliches Vermögen sizable property (fortune);
    anständiges Vermögen sizable property;
    ausländisches Vermögen alien (foreign-owned) property, foreign assets (ownership);
    bares Vermögen liquid (cash) assets, stock, pecuniary property;
    beachtliches Vermögen respectable competence;
    hypothekarisch belastbares (verpfändbares) Vermögen mortgageable property;
    belastetes Vermögen encumbered estate;
    bescheidenes Vermögen modest fortune;
    beschlagnahmtes Vermögen confiscated (requisitioned) property;
    vom Feind beschlagnahmtes Vermögen enemy-controlled property;
    zum persönlichen Gebrauch bestimmtes Vermögen personal chattels;
    beträchtliches Vermögen handsome fortune;
    bewegliches Vermögen personal chattels (property), goods and chattels, movables, movable goods (property, estate), personalty;
    bewegliches und unbewegliches Vermögen mixed property;
    blockiertes Vermögen frozen fund, blocked property;
    brachliegendes Vermögen funds lying idle;
    bei einer Bank deponiertes Vermögen property lodged with a bank;
    eheliches Vermögen matrimonial assets;
    eigenes Vermögen own property, independent means;
    eingesetztes Vermögen venture;
    einziehbares Vermögen divestible property;
    elterliches Vermögen patrimony;
    erbschaftssteuerfreies Vermögen free estate, property exempt from estate duty;
    erbschaftssteuerpflichtiges Vermögen property liable to estate duty;
    sofort erbschaftssteuerpflichtiges Vermögen property without the instal(l)ment option;
    ererbtes Vermögen general (estate of) inheritance (US);
    erhebliches Vermögen sizable fortune;
    Ertrag bringendes Vermögen income-producing property;
    zu erwartendes Vermögen fortune in reversion;
    während der Ehe erworbenes Vermögen property acquired during marriage;
    nach der Eheschließung erworbenes Vermögen after-acquired property;
    vom Gemeinschuldner nach Konkurseröffnung erworbenes Vermögen property acquired after adjudication;
    mühsam erworbenes Vermögen hardgot fortune;
    unrechtmäßig erworbenes Vermögen ill-gotten property, property acquired by fraud;
    feindliches Vermögen alien (enemy) property;
    flüssiges Vermögen cash (liquid) property, quick (liquid) assets, money capital;
    forstwirtschaftliches Vermögen commercial woodland;
    freies Vermögen unencumbered assets;
    wohl fundiertes Vermögen well-established fortune;
    das ganze Vermögen all one’s belongings, the whole of one’s property;
    gefährdetes Vermögen impaired fortune;
    gegenwärtiges und zukünftiges Vermögen present and future property;
    gemeinsames Vermögen (Gesellschafter) common (joint) property;
    gepfändetes Vermögen seized assets;
    gerettetes Vermögen salvaged property;
    geringfügiges Vermögen (Steuerformular) unadmitted assets;
    gesamtes Vermögen aggregate property, entire fortune;
    gesperrtes Vermögen blocked property;
    greifbares Vermögen tangible property;
    großes Vermögen ample fortune;
    grundsteuerpflichtiges Vermögen rat(e)able property (Br.);
    hinterlegtes Vermögen bailed property;
    treuhänderisch hinterlegtes sheltering trust (US);
    immaterielles Vermögen intangible property;
    investiertes Vermögen funds invested;
    konkursfreies Vermögen unattachable property (assets), property exempt from distribution in bankruptcy;
    landwirtschaftliches Vermögen agricultural property;
    lastenfreies Vermögen unencumbered assets;
    massefreies Vermögen (Konkursschuldner) distrainable property;
    mütterliches Vermögen maternal property;
    kein nennenswertes Vermögen no property worth mentioning;
    persönliches Vermögen private property (means), (Gemeinschuldner) personal assets, (Gesellschafter) individual assets;
    pfändungsfreies Vermögen exempt (unattachable) property, unattachable (exempt) assets;
    leicht realisierbares Vermögen easily realizable assets;
    nicht realisierbares Vermögen unrealizable property;
    riskiertes Vermögen venture;
    schuldenfreies Vermögen unencumbered estate;
    im Eigentum neutraler Staatsangehöriger stehendes Vermögen neutral property;
    für die Gläubiger [nicht] zur Verfügung stehendes Vermögen [non-]distributable property;
    zur Schuldenbegleichung zur Verfügung stehendes Vermögen property available for payment of debts;
    steuerfreies Vermögen tax-exempt property;
    steuerpflichtiges Vermögen taxable (dutiable) property;
    unangemeldetes Vermögen property not returned (reported);
    unbewegliches Vermögen landed (real, immovable, US) property, immovables, real estate (assets), realty (US), (Bilanz) capital (fixed, permanent) assets;
    der Zusammenveranlagung unterliegendes Vermögen (Einkommensteuer) aggregable property;
    unübersehbares Vermögen fortune impossible to estimate;
    väterliches Vermögen paternal property;
    veranlagungspflichtiges Vermögen taxable property;
    verbleibendes Vermögen remaining property;
    vererbbares (vererbliches) Vermögen assets per descent;
    nicht testamentarisch vermachtes Vermögen property undisposed by will;
    vermögensteuerpflichtiges Vermögen property liable to wealth tax;
    verpfändetes Vermögen pledged property;
    als Sicherheit verpfändetes Vermögen assets pledged as collateral, property charged as security for a debt;
    treuhänderisch verwaltetes Vermögen property held as trustee, trust estate (fund);
    vollstreckungsfreies Vermögen exempt (mace-proof, US) property;
    zinstragendes Vermögen income-producing property;
    zukünftiges Vermögen future[-acquired] property, future estate;
    zwangsverwaltetes Vermögen estate by elegit;
    zweckgebundenes Vermögen restricted property;
    Vermögen einer Aktiengesellschaft corporate assets (US), corporate funds, treasury;
    Vermögen der Arbeitslosenversicherung Unemployment Trust Fund (US);
    Vermögen im Ausland external property, assets held abroad;
    Vermögen einer Bank bank assets;
    Vermögen der Ehefrau wife’s estate, dotal (married woman’s) property;
    persönliches Vermögen des Gemeinschuldners personal assets;
    Vermögen der öffentlichen Hand social capital (wealth);
    Vermögen einer Kommune general revenue fund;
    Vermögen des Konkursschuldners bankrupt’s (bankruptcy) assets;
    Vermögen einer Pensionskasse pension-fund assets;
    Vermögen der Postsparkasse postal savings fund (US);
    Vermögen in Sachform tangible property (assets);
    Vermögen einschließlich der Verbindlichkeiten net assets;
    Vermögen einer testamentarisch errichteten Vermögensverwaltung property in a will trust;
    sein Vermögen angreifen to make a dent in one’s fortune (fam.);
    sein ganzes Vermögen in Grundstücken anlegen to lock up all one’s capital in land;
    sein Vermögen in einem Leibrentenvertrag anlegen to invest one’s money at life interest;
    sein Vermögen in Wertpapieren anlegen to invest one’s money in stock;
    Vermögen einer Pensionskasse in Aktien anderer Gesellschaften anlegen to diversify pension funds into other companies’ shares;
    Vermögen anmelden to declare (report) property;
    Vermögen ansammeln to amass a fortune, to hoard up a treasure;
    sein Vermögen unter seine Erben aufteilen to divide one’s property among one’s heirs;
    sein Vermögen aufzehren to get through one’s fortune, to live on one’s capital;
    Vermögen ausgeben to spend a mint of money;
    für jds. Erziehung (Ausbildung) ein Vermögen ausgeben to give up a fortune for s. one’s education;
    jds. Vermögen beschlagnahmen to seize s. one’s property;
    gesamtes Vermögen beschlagnahmen to levy on the entire property;
    Vermögen besitzen to be a man of means;
    großes Vermögen besitzen to be in possession of a large fortune;
    sein [ganzes] Vermögen für wohltätige (karitative) Zwecke bestimmen to dispose of one’s fortune in (leave one’s fortune to, leave all one’s money to) charity;
    Pfändung in das bewegliche Vermögen wegen nicht bezahlter Pacht betreiben to distrain chattels for non-payment of rent;
    Vermögen [steuerlich] bewerten to assess a property [for taxation];
    Vermögen bilden to create wealth;
    j. um sein Vermögen bringen to trick (cut) s. o. out of his fortune;
    sein Vermögen durchbringen to muddle away with (spend, consume) one’s fortune, to run out a fortune;
    sein Vermögen in die Gütergemeinschaft einbringen to bring one’s property into the communal estate;
    sein Vermögen einsetzen to risk one’s fortune;
    Vermögen erben to succeed to (come into possession of) a fortune, to fall heir to a (into) property, to come into property;
    beträchtliches Vermögen erben to come in for a pretty penny;
    glänzendes Vermögen erben to be heir to a splendid fortune;
    Vermögen steuerlich erfassen to list property for taxation (US);
    großes Vermögen erwerben to acquire (amass) great wealth, to amass great riches;
    sein Vermögen nach dem Kriege erwerben to make one’s fortune after the war;
    zu Vermögen gelangen to come to wealth (into property), to rise to affluence;
    bedeutendes Vermögen haben to have considerable means;
    eigenes Vermögen haben to have a little independence of one’s own;
    kein Vermögen haben to have nothing to depend upon (of one’s own), to have no resources of one’s own;
    sein ganzes Vermögen in Aktien angelegt haben to have all one’s fortune in stocks (US);
    mit seinem ganzen Vermögen haften to be liable without limitation (to the extent of one’s property);
    Vermögen des Konkursschuldners nicht zur Masse heranziehen to disclaim property of a bankrupt;
    großes Vermögen hinterlassen to cut up well (fat);
    seiner Ehefrau sein ganzes Vermögen hinterlassen to settle (leave) all one’s property on one’s wife;
    zu Vermögen kommen to get forward in the world;
    spielend zu einem Vermögen kommen to step into a fortune;
    gut von seinem Vermögen leben können to have plenty to live upon;
    völlig frei über sein Vermögen verfügen können to be entire master of one’s property, to have entire disposal of one’s estate;
    von seinem Vermögen leben to live on prior (one’s private) means;
    Grundlage für ein Vermögen legen to found a fortune;
    Vermögen machen to make (carve out) a fortune;
    aus kleinen Gewinnen ein großes Vermögen machen to raise a great estate out of small profits;
    sein Vermögen flüssig machen to realize one’s property (assets);
    Vermögen für seine privaten Zwecke missbrauchen to funnel funds to one’s own use;
    Vermögen in Besitz nehmen to enter upon property;
    sein Vermögen in einem Unternehmen riskieren to venture one’s fortune in an enterprise;
    Reste seines Vermögens sammeln to collect the wrecks of one’s fortune;
    ohne pfändbares Vermögen sein to be judgment- (mace-, US) proof;
    sein Vermögen aufs Spiel setzen to cast one’s bread upon the waters;
    sein Vermögen als Sicherheit stellen to pledge one’s property;
    jds. Vermögen auf... taxieren to rate s. one’s fortune at...;
    sich von seinem ganzen Vermögen trennen to give up all one’s possessions;
    Vermögen übertragen to assign (alienate, transfer) property, to deed one’s estate;
    Vermögen auf j. übertragen to devolve property upon s. o., to vest property in s. o., to hand over one’s property to s. o.;
    sein Vermögen auf seine Gläubiger übertragen to surrender one’s goods to one’s creditors; sein
    Vermögen auf den Konkursverwalter übertragen to put one’s property under the control of a trustee in bankruptcy;
    sein unbewegliches in bewegliches Vermögen umwandeln to convert one’s realty into personalty;
    Vermögen einer Treuhandverwaltung unterstellen to put property into a trust;
    Vermögen bei einem Geschäft verdienen to make a fortune out of a business;
    über ein großes Vermögen verfügen to have a large capital at hand;
    über kein eigenes Vermögen verfügen to have no resources of one’s own;
    Vermögen vergeuden (verjubeln) to dilapidate (run through) a fortune;
    sich an fremden Vermögen vergreifen to take liberties with another person’s property;
    fast sein ganzes Vermögen verlieren to lose the bulk of one’s goods;
    jem. sein Vermögen vermachen to make over one’s estate to s. o.;
    jem. sein ganzes Vermögen vermachen to bequeath s. o. the whole of one’s estate, to will a fortune upon s. o.;
    sein Vermögen testamentarisch vermachen to transmit one’s property by will;
    sein Vermögen vermehren to enlarge one’s fortune;
    sein Vermögen verprassen (verschleudern) to dissipate one’s fortune, to waste one’s property (substance);
    sein halbes Vermögen verspekulieren to gamble away half one’s wealth;
    sein Vermögen [beim Würfeln] verspielen to gamble (dice) away one’s money (fortune), to spend one’s estate in gaming;
    sein Vermögen unter seine Erben verteilen to divide one’s property among one’s heirs;
    Vermögen verwalten to be in charge of an estate, to administer property;
    jds. Vermögen verwalten to act as trustee for s. one’s property, to take charge of s. one’s property;
    Vermögen treuhänderisch verwalten to hold property on a fiduciary basis;
    sein Vermögen verwetten to spend one’s estate in gaming;
    auf sein Vermögen verzichten to renounce one’s property;
    ins Vermögen vollstrecken to levy execution on the property;
    sein verlorenes Vermögen wiederbekommen to recover one’s fallen fortunes;
    beschlagnahmtes Vermögen zurückgeben to restore confiscated property;
    Vermögen zusammenscharren to rake together wealth;
    zu versteuerndes Vermögen zusammenstellen to list assets (US).

    Business german-english dictionary > Vermögen

  • 8 make

    1. I
    the ebb was making начинался отлив; the tide making we weighed anchor во время прилива мы бросили якорь
    2. II
    1) make in some manner this toy makes easily эту игрушку легко сделать: hay ought to make well [in this drying breeze] [на таком сухом ветерке] сено должно хорошо просушиться /сохнуть/
    2) make somewhere make upstream (downstream) идти /плыть/ вверх (вниз) по течению
    3) make in some manner the tide is making fast вода быстро прибывает; winter is making earnestly наступает настоящая зима
    4) make in some manner make well (poorly, etc.) хорошо и т. д. зарабатывать; he always makes pretty handsomely он всегда недурно зарабатывает
    3. III
    1) make smth. make machines (tools, paper, chairs, hats, etc.) делать /производить/ машины и т. д., make bricks делать /обжигать/ кирпичи; make a boat (a bridge, a house, a road, etc.) (подстроить лодку и т. д.: make a dress (a coat, a blouse, etc.) делать /шить/ платье и т. д.; make a film снимать фильм: make lunch (jelly, a good supper, etc.) делать /готовить/ завтрак и т. д., make coffee варить кофе; make tea заварить чай; make bread (ис-)печь хлеб; make a garden (a park, flower-beds, etc.) разбивать сад и т. д.; make hay косить траву: make a path делать /прокладывать/ дорожку: where will they make a camp? где они раскинут /разобьют/ лагерь?; make beds стелить /заправлять/ постели; make a fire разжигать камин или раскладывать костер; make nests вить гнезда; beavers make their holes бобры роют норы
    2) make smth. make one's reputation (one's name) создать себе репутацию (имя); make smb.'s character формировать чей-л. характер; make one's own life строить свой собственную жизнь, самостоятельно строить свой жизнь; make haste торопиться; make progress делать успехи; make preparations делать приготовления; make plans разрабатывать / вынашивать/ планы; he is making plans to go away он собирается /намеревается/ уехать; who made this ridiculous rule? кто придумал это глупое правило?; make war вести войну, воевать; are they willing to make peace? a) они согласны заключить мир?; б) они готовы примириться? || make a stand занимать принципиальную позицию: make love а) ухаживать; говорить ласковые слова; б) ласкать, заниматься любовью
    3) make smb., smth. one big deal made the young man молодой человек добился успеха благодаря лишь всего одной крупной сделке; hard work made him он добился успеха упорным трудом; wars made and unmade this country эта страна возвеличилась благодаря войнам, и они же привели ее к гибели; industry has made Manchester Манчестер превратился в важный центр благодаря развитию промышленности
    4) make smth. make trouble (a fuss, a mess, etc.) создавать неприятности и т. д.; he made a terrible to-do он устроил ужасный скандал; don't make noise не делай шума, не шуми; make a change (a disturbance, a panic, etc.) вызывать изменение и т. д., make mischief а) наносить вред; б) шалить, безобразничать; this makes a great difference это совсем другое дело; it makes no difference это ничего не меняет. это все равно; make a great hit coll. иметь огромный успех
    5) make smth. make eighty miles (five kilometres, etc.) сделать / пройти/ восемьдесят миль и т. д.; make twenty knots идти со скоростью двадцать узлов; make good time а) идти /двигаться/ с хорошей скоростью; б) sport. показать хорошее время
    6) make smth. соll. make port (harbour, home, land, one's destination, etc.) добираться до /достигать/ порта и т. д., he's tired out, he'll never make the summit он уже выдохся, ему ни за что не добраться до вершины; make the tram (the bus, the next flight, etc.) успевать на /поймать/ трамвай и т. д.; I had hoped to get to the meeting but I found at the last minute that I couldn't make it я надеялся попасть на собрание, но в последнюю минуту понял, что не успею
    7) make smth. make good grades получать хорошие отметки, хорошо учиться; make the highest score получить больше всего очков; who made the score? кто выиграл /победил/?; I doubt whether he will make much сомневаюсь, чтобы он мог многого добиться, вряд ли он мог многого добиться, вряд ли он многого добьется; those plants will not make much, the soil is too poor эти растения не пойдут /не будут хорошо расти/, здесь плохая почва; do you think a table this wide can make the doorway? вы думаете такой ширины стол пройдет в дверь?; make the team (the best-seller list, the first ten, etc.) попасть в команду и т. д.; this news made the front page это известие поместили на первой полосе [газеты] || make it добиться успеха; make one's point доказать свою течку зрения; has he made his point? понятно, что он хотел сказать?
    8) make smth. make a good salary (three pounds a week, a profit, etc.) получать хорошее жалованье и т. д.; make a living зарабатывать на жизнь; make money а) зарабатывать деньги; б) разбогатеть; make a fortune приобрести состояние; make a loss потерпеть /понести/ убыток; make smb. make friends приобрести /завеете/ друзей; make enemies нажить врагов
    9) make smth. one hundred pence make a pound сто пенсов составляют фунт; twelve inches make one foot в одном футе двенадцать дюймов; that makes 40 cents you owe me итак, ты мне должен сорок центов; this made his tenth novel это был уже его десятый роман; how many people make a quorum? сколько человек требуется /необходимо/ для кворума?; how many players make а, football team? сколько человек в футбольной команде?; will you make one of the party? не составите ли вы нам компанию?, не присоединитесь ли вы к нам?; "mouse" makes "mice" in the plural множественное число от "mouse" - "mice"
    10) make smth. make a will (a deal of transfer, a promissory note, a bill of exchange, etc.) составлять завещание и т. д.; make a list составлять список; make a report написать отчет, подготовить доклад; make a contract (a bargain, an agreement, etc.) заключать /подписывать/ контракт и т. д.
    11) semiaux make smth. make a stop остановиться, сделать остановку; make a landing сделать посадку; make a pause сделать паузу; make a move а) стронуться с места, двинуться; it's ten o'clock, it's time we made a move уже десять часов, нам пора двигаться / отправляться/; don't make a move! ни с места!, не двигаться!; б) сделать ход; make a start начать; make a good start положить хорошее начало; make an early start рано отправиться в путь; make a jump прыгнуть; make a sign сделать /подать/ знак; make a bow поклониться; make a curtsey сделать книксен; make a call а) нанести короткий визит; I have to make a few calls мне надо забежать в несколько мест: б) позвонить по телефону; let me make a call first разрешите мне сначала позвонить по телефону; make a trip совершать /предпринимать/ поездку; make a speech произнести речь, выступить с речью; make an offer proposition/ внести предложение, предложить; make a proposal сделать предложение, предложить выйти замуж; make an answer reply/ дать ответ, ответить; make a denial отклонять; опровергать, помещать опровержение; make a joke отпустить шутку; make a complaint (по)жаловаться; make a vow дать клятву, поклясться; make a choice выбирать, делать выбор; make a mistake сделать /допустить/ ошибку, ошибиться; make inquiries наводить справки; make a sacrifice приносить жертву, жертвовать; make room /place/ подвинуться, освободить место; make way освободить дорогу /путь/, отойти в сторону; make a face скорчить рожу, гримасничать
    12) aux make smb. make a lawyer (a good teacher, a bad farmer, a waiter, an excellent husband, etc.) быть хорошим юристом и т. д., he makes a good carpenter он хороший плотник: he made a very poor musician из него получился очень плохой музыкант; one good verse doesn't make a poet одно хорошее стихотворение еще не дает права называться поэтом; he and his cousin would make a handsome couple он и его кузина составляют прекрасную пару; make smth. cold tea makes an excellent drink холодный чай make прекрасный напиток; dry wood makes a good fire сухое дерево хорошо горит; that makes a good answer! вот хороший ответ!; this makes no sense в этом нет никакого смысла; это бессмысленно; these plays (their letters to each other, etc.) make pleasant reading эти пьесы и т. д. приятно читать; his adventures make all exciting story рассказ о его приключениях слушаешь с волнением
    4. IV
    1) make smth. in some manner make smth. quickly (eventually, inevitably, unhesitatingly, etc.) делать что-л. быстро и т. д.; make smth. lawfully (scientifically. delicately, persistently, etc.) делать /осуществлять/ что-л. на законных основаниях и т. д.
    2) make some distance in some time make 200 miles an hour (ten miles a day, etc.) делать двести миль в час и т. д.; we made only three miles that day в тот день мы прошли /проделали/ только три мили; some airplanes can make over 500 miles an hour скорость некоторых самолетов превышает пятьсот миль в час
    3) make smth. at some time he will never make much он никогда не добьется успеха
    4) make sonic money in some time make L 2000 a year зарабатывать /получать/ две тысячи фунтов в год; how much money do you make a week (a month, a year, etc.)? сколько [денег] вы получаете /зарабатываете/ в неделю и т. д.?
    5. V
    1) make smb. smth. make him a new toy (her a dress, the children a swing in the garden, etc.) сделать ему /для него/ новую игрушку и т. д., make her a cup of tea приготовь /подай/ ей чашку чаю
    2) make smth. smth. make it a rule взять [что-л.] за правило; he made it a rule to get up early он взял себе за правило рано вставать; make it one's business считать это своим делом; don't make cheating a practice не привыкай обманывать; he made a certificate his object он поставил себе целью получить диплом
    3) make smb. smb. make smb. one's heir (him king, a page knight, him a teacher, etc.) сделать кого-л. своим наследником и т. д., make a priest a bishop возвести священника в сан епископа; make smb. a judge (one's spokesman, one's special envoy, etc.) назначать кого-л. судьей и т. д., they made him chairman его выбрали председателем; make a colonel general присвоить /дать/ полковнику звание генерала; произвести полковника в генералы; make smb. a duke (a peer, etc.) дать /пожаловать/ кому-л. титул герцога и т. д., he intended to make his son a barrister (a soldier, a carpenter, etc.) он хотел, чтобы его сын стал адвокатом и т. д.; he made her his wife он сделал ее своей женой, он женился на ней; make smb. prisoner взять кого-л. в плен; make oneself a martyr сделать из себя мученика, пойти на муки; make this character an important person (Hamlet a figure of tragic indecision, Shylock a tragic figure, her a figure of fun, etc.) делать из этого персонажа значительную личность и т. д.
    4) make smth. smth. add one more egg and make it a round dozen прибавь еще одно яйцо, и будет /получится/ дюжина
    5) make it smth. shall we make it Tuesday? договоримся на вторник?; can you come at six? - make it half past вы можете прийти в шесть? - Лучше условимся на половину седьмого; I shall make it tomorrow я договорись на завтра
    6) make smth. smth. make the distance about 70 miles полагать /считать/, что расстояние равно примерно семидесяти милям; I make the total about L 50 по-моему, общая сумма составит фунтов пятьдесят; how large do you make the crowd? как вы думаете, сколько в этой толпе человек?; what do you make the time? сколько, по-вашему, сейчас времени?; what time do you make it? - I make it half past four сколько сейчас времени, по-вашему? - Мне кажется, что сейчас примерно половина пятого
    7) semiaux make smb. smth. make smb. an offer (one or two attractive proposals, a bid for the antique table, etc.) сделать кому-л. какое-л. предложение и т. д.; I made her a present of the vase я подарил ей эту вазу; he made me a sign он сделал /подал/ мне знак; she made him a face она скорчила ему рожу
    8) 0 make smb. smb. she will make him a good wife (a good mother, a loyal friend, etc.) она будет ему хорошей женой и т. д.; make smb. smth. this cloth will make me a good suit из этого отреза мне выйдет хороший костюм
    6. VI
    1) make smb., smth. be of some nudity his upbringing made him selfish воспитание сделало его эгоистом; her eyes made her beautiful глаза делали ее прекрасной; he was trying to make himself agreeable он старался быть приятным; we shall try to make your stay here agreeable мы постараемся [сделать так], чтобы ваш визит сюда доставил вам удовольствие; make oneself responsible взять на себя ответственность; make children immune against this disease создать /выработать/ у детей иммунитет против /к/ этой болезни; this portrait makes him too old на портрете он выглядит гораздо старше [, чем он есть на самом деле]; this opera made him immortal эта опера принесла ему бессмертие; make his novels (the song, this new theory, the actress, etc.) popular (famous) сделать его романы и т. д. популярными, создать /принести/ популярность (славу) его романам и т. д.; don't stand about doing nothing - make yourself useful не стойте без дела, помогите [нам]; you've made my nose too big вы нарисовали мне слишком большей нос; make smb., smth. be in some state make smb. happy (rich, poor, etc.) сделать кого-л. счастливым и т. д., make the prisoners free освободить заключенных; make oneself comfortable удобно устроиться; they are coming, make yourselves ready они приближаются, будьте готовы; she is seeing it for the first time, we must make her ready такое она увидит впервые, надо ее подготовить; make smb. angry рассердить кого-л.; her answers made him furious ее ответы взбесили его: make smb. sick a) вызывать у кого-л. тошноту; what made you sick? отчего вам стало плохо?; б) coll. раздражать кого-л.: your questions make me sick мне надоели ваши вопросы, меня тошнит от ваших вопросов; hot weather makes some people sleepy в жару некоторых людей клонит ко сну; it will make you ridiculous in their eyes это выставит вас в смешном свете в их глазах; make it flat сплющить что-л. || make it worth smb.'s while компенсировать кому-л. что-л.; if you help me with this job I'll make it worth your while если вы поможете мне в этом [деле], я в долгу не останусь / вы не будете внакладе/: make oneself (one's point) clear ясно излагать свои мысли (аргументы)
    2) make smb. be in some state what makes you so late? что вас так задержало?, отчего вы так опоздали?; it made her more careful после этого она стала осторожнее
    7. VII
    1) make smb., smth. do smth. make smb. stop (go, laugh, cry, sign a statement, repeat a story, fall asleep, etc.) заставить кого-л. остановиться и т. д.: they made me feel ashamed они меня смутили; make smb. understand а) заставить кого-л. понять; б) дать кому-л. понять; don't make me do it не вынуждай меня это делать / к этому/; I can make him believe anything I choose я могу убедить его в чем угодно; it makes me think you are right это убеждает меня в вашей правоте; I can't make anyone hear не могу достучаться или дозваться, дозвониться к кому-л.; make an engine start завести мотор; make the kettle boil вскипятить чайник; make water boil довести воду до кипения; I can't make the fire burn никак не могу разжечь костер или развести огонь; what makes the grass grow so quickly? отчего трава растет так быстро?; the wind made the bells ring колокольчики звенели на ветру: onions make our eyes smart от лука [у нас] щиплет глаза; his account made our hair stand on end от его рассказа у нас волосы встали дыбом || make smth. do обходиться чем-л.: there is not much money but I'll make it do денег немного, но я постараюсь, чтобы их хватило; I shall have to make this coat do for a bit longer придется еще немного походить в старом пальто id make both ends meet сводить концы с концами
    2) make smb. do smth. most of the chronicles make the king die in 1026 согласно большинству хроник король умер в тысяча двадцать шестом году; some scholars make Homer come from one city, others from another ученые спорят о месте рождения Гомера
    8. IX
    make smth., smb. done make the results (the news, his arrival, the invention, etc.) known обнародовать результаты и т. д., сообщить о результатах и т. д., make smth. felt сделать что-л. ощутимым; make oneself known а) назвать себя; б) заставить о себе говорить, заявить о себе, добиться известности; make him known to my father познакомить его с моим отцом, представить его моему отцу; make oneself understood ясно изъясняться; сан you make yourself understood in English? вас понимают, когда вы говорите по-английски?; he couldn't make himself /his voice/ heard above the noise of the traffic он не мог перекричать уличный шум, его не было слышно из-за уличного шума; we must make him respected необходимо вызвать к нему уважение /заставить людей уважать его/
    9. XI
    1) be made somewhere be made in England (in France, etc.) производиться /выпускаться/ в Англии и т. д. ; made in USSR сделано в СССР; be made in a factory производиться /делаться/ на фабрике; be made of (with, from, into) smth. be made of wood (of silk, of plastic, etc.) быть [сделанным] из дерева и т. д., this cloth is made of cotton эта ткань делается из хлопка; what is this made of? из чего это сделано?; а bow is made of stick and string лук делается из палки и бечевки; cheese is made from milk (cereal is made from grain, rubber is made from sap, etc.) сыр делают из молока и т. д., gas is made from coal газ производят из каменного угля; wool is made into cloth из шерсти делают /ткут/ ткань; grapes are made into raisins из винограда сушат изюм; the skin of the walrus is made into leather из шкуры моржа выделывают кожу; their food is always made with garlic в пищу они всегда добавляют чеснок; I like my coffee made with milk я люблю кофе [приготовленный] с молоком; be made for smb., smth. these houses are made for our workers эти дома построены для наших рабочих; this hat was made for you эту шляпку сделали [специально] для вас; this car is made for speed эти автомашины производятся специально для скоростной езды; be made with /by/ smth. this can be made with a knife это можно сделать ножом; this tool is made by a very intricate process изготовление этого инструмента сопряжено с большими сложностями; this thing is made by hand (by machinery) эту вещь делают вручную (на машине); be made by smb., smth. this was made by my friend это сделал (построил, создал и т. п.) мой друг; these experiments are made by robots эти опыты выполняют роботы; this grotto was not made by nature, it was made by man это не естественный грот, он создан человеком || be made to order (to measure) быть сделанным /сшитым/ на заказ; all his clothes are made to order он шьет все свои вещи [у портного], он делает все свои вещи на заказ id be made of different stuff быть совсем другим человеком, make быть сделанным из другого теста; let them all see what you are made of пусть все видят, что ты за человек /чего ты стоишь/; а first-class job was made of his house его дом прекрасно отремонтировали
    2) be made the decision is made решение вынесено; be made at some time unless a move is made very soon, it will be too late если в ближайшее время что-либо не сделают, будет слишком поздно; be made by smb. the first move was made by my brother первый шаг сделал мой брат; be made of smth. effective use was made of this money эти деньги были потрачены с пользой; be made for smth. these rules were made for a special purpose эти правила были составлены с особой целью; be made to do smth. the regulations were made to protect children эти правила созданы /выработаны/ для защиты детей || note should be made следует обратить внимание; а careful note should be made of what he says нужно внимательно отнестись /прислушаться/ к тому, что он говорит
    3) be made smb. he was made commander-in-chief (general manager, president of the club, a judge, etc.) его назначили главнокомандующим и т. д., he was made an officer его произвели в офицеры; he was made a knight он был посвящен в рыцари; he was made prisoner его взяли в плен; be made by smb., smth. the recommendation was made by the committee эта рекомендация была предложена комиссией; the writer was made by his first book с первой же книги его признали настоящим писателем; be made for smb. they are made for each other они созданы друг для друга
    4) be made to be of some state be made known придать гласность; the results are to be made known on application результаты сообщают, если подано соответствующее заявление; the full story was never made public все подробности этой истории так и не стали достоянием общественности; be made about smth., smb. much fuss has been made about it (about the affair, about her, etc.) вокруг этого и т. д. была поднята большая шумиха; be made to do smth. the pupil was made to write his biography (to speak up, to stay after lessons, etc.) ученика заставили написать свою биографию и т. д.; the crowd was made to disperse толпу разогнали; these two statements cannot be made to agree эти два заявления противоречат друг другу
    5) be made on (out of, by, etc.) smth. how much will be made on the business? какой доход будет получен от этого предприятия /даст это предприятие/?; а good deal of capital will be made out of this это принесет солидный капитал: I have по desire for money that has been made by dishonest means я не хочу брать деньги, заработанные нечестным путем
    6) be made of smth. nothing could be made of the scribble in his note books (of her note, of his mumbling, etc,) ничего нельзя было понять из каракулей в его тетради и т. д.
    7) be made with smb. a treaty has been made with other countries был заключен договор с другими странами
    10. XII
    have smth. made for smth. I must have a coat made for the winter мне нужно отдать сшить зимнее пальто
    11. XIII
    1) || make believe делать вид; he made believe to work hard (to throw a ball, not to know anything, etc.) он делал вид, что он усердно работает и т. д., make believe to be a scholar воображать себя ученым
    2) semiaux make to do smth. he made to go он хотел было уйти; he made to stop me он попытался было остановить меня; he made to snatch her bag он рванулся вперед, чтобы вы хватить у нее сумку
    3) · make do with (without, on) smth. I will have to make do with cold meat for dinner (with a very short holiday, with an old wireless set, etc.) мне придется довольствоваться холодным мясом вместо обеда и т. д.; I shall have to make do without a coat придется мне обойтись без пальто; I don't know how she makes do on so small an income не знаю, как она сводит концы с концами при таком небольшом заработке; I shall make do on biscuits and cheese сыра и галет мне будет достаточно
    12. XV
    1) || make good coll. добиться успеха; I never believed that he would make good я никогда не верил, что он чего-нибудь добьется; talent and education are necessary to make good in this field чтобы добиться успеха в этой области, необходимы талант и образование
    2) || make good smth. оправдывать что-л.; he made good his promise он выполнил /сдержал/ свое обещание; she made good her claims она доказала справедливость или законность своих притязаний: you will have to make good your boast тебе придется доказать, что это не пустое хвастовство; make good its title tic) be ranked as an independent science обосновать /доказать/ свое право считаться самостоятельной наукой; make good the damage (the shortage, the loss, etc.) возмещать убытки и т. д. ; any money that you cannot account for you will have to make good тебе придется возместить /вернуть/ все деньги, за которые ты не сумеешь отчитаться
    3) 0 || make sure /certain/ быть уверенным или удостовериться; have you made sure of the facts (of the timetable, of the results, etc.)? вы проверили факты и т. д.?, вы убеждены в правильности фактов и т. д.?; if you want to make sure of a seat you had better book in advance если вы хотите наверняка иметь билет, закажите его заранее / заблаговременно/; first they made sure of him сначала они [проверили его и] убедились в его надежности; I want to make sure of catching her (of getting there in time, of having a good seat, of his answering the letter, etc.) я хочу быть уверенным, что застану ее и т. д.,make sure that the letter was delivered (that the doors are locked, that there is no one here, etc.) убедиться, что письмо доставлено и т. д.; will you please make sure that they are all here? проверьте, пожалуйста, все ли она пришли; I made certain that he would do so я был уверен, что он так и поступит; make bold осмеливаться; make bold to ask a favour (to call on you, to express my opinion, etc.) осмелиться просить об одолжении и т. д.; I make bold to say that he knows nothing about it осмелюсь утверждать, что он ничего об этом не знает; make light of smth. не придавать чему-л. особого значения; she made light of her troubles (of this accident, of a situation, of other people's illness, etc.) она легко относится к своим неприятностям и т. д., она особенно не переживает из-за своих неприятностей и т. д.; make ready подготовиться; make merry веселиться; make merry over his victory радоваться /веселиться/ по случаю его победы; make free with smth. пользоваться чем-л., не стесняясь
    13. XVI
    1) make after smb. make after the fox (after the rabbit, after the escaped convict, etc.) броситься /пуститься/ преследовать лису и т. д., she made after him like a mad woman она как безумная бросилась за ним; in the morning we made after them утром мы пустились за ними вслед; make at smb. he gave a shout and made at me он издал крик и (на)бросился на меня; the dog made at the postman собака накинулась на почтальона; the angry woman made at me with her umbrella рассерженная женщина (накинулась на меня с зонтиком; make for /toward/ smb., smth. make for the crowd (for the sea, for the nearest town, toward a distant hill, for home, etc.) двигаться по направлению /направляться/ к толпе и т. д., he quickly made for /toward/ the door он бросился к двери; she made for the sound of guns она пошла туда, откуда раздавались выстрелы; the dog made for the robber собака бросилась за грабителем; make for the open sea направиться в открытое море
    2) make on smth. coll. make on this business (on shares, on oil, etc.) заработать на этом деле и т. д., he made pretty handsomely on that bargain он неплохо заработал /нажился/ на этой сделке
    3) 0 make for smth. make for better understanding between countries ( for the happiness of all, for a friendly atmosphere in the club, for peace, for stability of marriage, etc.) способствовать лучшему взаимопониманию между странами и т. д.; does early rising make for good health? полезно ли для здоровья рано вставать?; that weather makes for optimism в такую погоду и настроение хорошее; new facts made for the prisoner's acquittal новые факты ускорили вынесение /помогли вынесению/ оправдательного приговора заключенному; make against smth. experience makes against this assertion опыт опровергает это утверждение; your behaviour makes against your chance of success ваше поведение не способствует /мешает/ вашему успеху
    14. XXI1
    1) make smth. out of /from, of, with/ smth. make bottles out of glass (bricks of clay, flour from wheat, a box out of a bit of mahogany, etc.) делать бутылки из стекла и т. д., make wreaths of daisies плести венки из маргариток; make a megaphone of one's hands сложить руки рупором; the cake was spoilt as she made it with a bad egg торт был испорчен, так как она положила в тесто несвежее яйцо; what do you make with flour (with the eggs, with these things, etc.)? что вы делаете из муки и т. д.?; what will you make with all these flowers? что вы будете делать с таким количеством цветов?; what can you make out of this stuff? что ты можешь сделать / сшить/ из этого материала?; make smth. in smth. make a hole in the ground выкопать яму в земле; make a gap in the hedge проделать лаз /дыру/ в изгороди; it made a hole dent/ in my savings (in my reserves, in smb.'s finances, etc.) от этого пострадали мои сбережения и т. д., make smth. for smth. make an opening for the wires сделать входное отверстие для проводов; make a hole for a tree выкопать яму под дерево; he made a bookcase for his apartment он сам сделал в своей квартире книжный шкаф; make smth. into smth. make milk into cheese and butter (hide into leather, wood into pulp, etc.) перерабатывать молоко на масло и сыр и т. д.; make these huts into temporary houses (it into a stock company, the desert into a garden, etc.) превращать эти хижины во временное жилье и т. д., make these books into bundles связать книги в пачки; make a story into a play переделать повесть в пьесу
    2) make smth. of smb. make an example of smb. ставить кого-л. в пример; make fun of smb. подшучивать или издеваться над кем-л.; make a laughing-stock of smb. сделать кого-л. посмешищем, выставлять кого-л. в смешном виде; make a fool /an ass/ of him (of her husband, etc.) делать из него и т. д. дурака; make a fool (a beast, a pig, etc.) of oneself вести себя как дурак и т. д., make a nuisance of oneself надоедать /докучать, досаждать/ кому-л.; make an exhibition spectacle, a show/ of oneself привлекать к себе внимание; make smth. of smth. make a profession of smth. сделать что-л. своей профессией; make a business of politics заниматься политикой профессионально; make a parade / a show/ of one's talents щеголять /кичиться/ своими талантами; make a boast of smth. хвастаться / хвалиться/ чем-л.; make a secret of smth. делать из чего-л. тайну /секрет/; he was asked to help but he made a hash /a muddle, a mess/ of everything его просили помочь, а он все испортил; make hell of smb.'s life превратить чью-л. жизнь в ад; make a note of his telephone number записать номер его телефона; make notes of a lecture записать лекцию; you must make a mental note of what he is saying вы должны запомнить /взять на заметку/, что он говорят; don't make a habit of it смотри, чтобы это не превратилось в привычку; make the most of smth. максимально использовать что-л.; make the best of one's delay (of this scanty information, of his absence, etc.) наилучшим образом /наиболее эффективно/ использовать задержку и т. д.; make a good thing of it извлечь из этого пользу; make good use of this opportunity воспользоваться предоставившейся возможностью; make a good (a bad) job of smth. хорошо (плохо) справиться с чем-л.; make smth. for smb., smth. make a name for oneself стать известным; make a reputation for oneself создать себе репутацию; make allowance (s) for circumstances (for smb.'s inexperience, for her age, etc.) делать скидку на обстоятельства и т. д.; make arrangements for a meeting (for a party, for a dance, for their departure, etc.) подготовить собрание и т. д., make much for the peace of the world много сделать для сохранения мира; make smb., smth. with smb. make friends with smb. подружиться с кем-л., наладить с кем-л. дружеские отношения; а quarrel with smb. поссориться с кем-л.; make peace with smb. помириться с кем-л.; make smth. in (on, etc.) smth., smb. make a name in the world снискать мировую славу, приобрести известность во всем мире; make an impression on smb. производить на кого-л. впечатление; make war upon smb., smth. a) идти войной на кого-л., что-л.; б) вести войну с кем-л., чем-л. || make love to smb. а) ласкать кого-л., заниматься любовью с кем-л., б) ухаживать за кем-л.; говорить кому-л. ласковые слова
    3) make smb. of smb. his parents want to make a doctor (a lawyer, a soldier, an actor, etc.) of their son родители хотят, чтобы их сын стал врачом и т. д., make a man of him сделать из него человека; make a friend of her children подружиться с ее детьми; make a friend of an enemy превратить врага в друга; make smb. into smb. make them into slaves (him into a bully, her into a sophisticated hostess, etc.) превратить их в /сделать из них/ рабов и т. д.
    4) make smth. over smth. make a fuss (a row, a scandal, etc.) over smth. поднимать шум и т. д. по какому-л. поводу; make a to-do over a trifle поднимать шумиху из-за пустяка
    5) make smth. for smth. make a dash for the open window (a bolt for the door, a bee-line for the gates, etc.) броситься к открытому окну и т. д., make smth. to smth. make one's way to the station (to the river, to the house, back to the tower, etc.) пойти /направиться/ к станции и т. д., make smth. by smth. make the crossing by ferry переправиться на пароме; make smth. at smb. make a grab at him попытаться схватить его || it's time we were making tracks for home нам уже пора повернуть к дому
    6) make some distance in some time we made the whole distance in ten days мы прошли весь путь /покрыли все расстояние/ за десять дней; we've made 80 miles since noon с полудня мы проделали восемьдесят миль
    7) make smth. in some time the train will make Moscow in five hours поезд будет в Москве через пять часов
    8) make smth. at /in/ smth. make good grades at school получать [в школе] хорошие отметки, хорошо учиться; make the highest score in the match получать в этом матче больше всех очков /самый лучший результат/; make one's way in the world преуспеть, добиться успеха || coll. he'll make it through college ему удастся окончить колледж; he made six towns on this trip во время этой поездки он посетил шесть городов /побывал в шести городах/
    9) make smth. by (out of, from, in, etc.) smth. make a good deal by it хорошо на этом заработать; make much profit out of this undertaking извлекать большую выгоду из этого предприятия; he made a great fortune out of tea он составил большое состояние на торговле чаем; make a great deal of money in oil много заработать на нефти; make a living from literary work зарабатывать [на жизнь] литературным трудом; make a loss on the transaction потерпеть /понести/ убытки на этой сделке
    10) make smth. of smth., smb. read this letter and tell me what you make of it прочтите это письмо и скажите, как вы его расцениваете; what do you make of the new assistant? какое у тебя впечатление /что ты думаешь/ о новом помощнике?; make much of this article ( of her work, of this man, etc.) быть высокого мнения об этой статье и т. д., newspapers made much of his achievements газеты превозносили его успехи; she makes too much of the boy уж слишком она носится с этим мальчиком; make little of smth., smb. относиться пренебрежительно к чему-л., кому-л., не считаться с чем-л., кем-л.; he made little of his feat он принижал значение своего героического поступка
    11) make smth. of smth. I could make nothing of his words (of all this scribble, of her letter, etc.) я ничего не мог понять из его слов и т. д., его слова были мне совершенно непонятны и т. д., you will make more of it than I вы в этом лучше разберетесь [, чем я]; I can make no sense of what he says я не вижу никакого смысла в том, что он говорит; what are we to make of his behaviour? как нам следует /нам прикажете/ понимать его поведение?
    12) make smth. with smb. they made a bargain with him они заключили с ним сделку || make a settlement on smb. распорядиться имуществом в пользу кого-л.
    13) semiaux make smth. for smb. make room for smb. [подвинуться и] дать кому-л. место; can you make room for one more man? найдется место еще для одного человека?; make way for others посторониться, дать дорогу другим; make smth. at smb. he made a face at them он состроил им рожу; don't make eyes at him не строй ему глазки
    14) 0 make smth. in some time he will make a sergeant in six months через шесть месяцев он станет сержантом
    15. XXII
    1) make smth. of doing smth. make a practice of working in his garden in the morning (of helping others, of doing his exercises in front of an open window, etc.) взять за правило по утрам работать в его саду и т. д.; he makes a practice of cheating он всегда обманывает; make a point of being on time у него принцип make не опаздывать /быть пунктуальным/; she made it a point of being very patient with these children она особенно старалась быть терпеливой с этими детьми
    2) make smth. by doing smth. make one's living by giving piano lessons (by writing books for children, by selling flowers, etc.) зарабатывать на жизнь уроками игры на фортепиано и т. д.; she makes money by nursing она зарабатывает деньги, ухаживая за больными; she made her name by writing memoirs она прославилась своими мемуарами
    16. XXIV1
    || make it as smb. coll. добиться успеха, будучи кем-л.; I wanted to make it as a writer мне хотелось добиться успеха на писательском поприще
    17. XXVI
    make smth. [that]... this makes the fifth time you've failed this examination ты уже [в] пятый раз проваливаешься на этом экзамене

    English-Russian dictionary of verb phrases > make

  • 9 υἱός

    υἱός, οῦ, ὁ (Hom.+; loanw. in rabb.) prim. ‘son’
    a male who is in a kinship relationship either biologically or by legal action, son, offspring, descendant
    the direct male issue of a person, son τέξεται υἱόν Mt 1:21; GJs 14:2 (cp. Mel., P. 8, 53 ὡς γὰρ υἱὸς τεχθείς). Cp. Mt 1:23 (Is 7:14) and 25; 10:37 (w. θυγάτηρ); Mk 12:6a; Lk 1:13, 31, 57; 11:11; 15:11 (on this JEngel, Die Parabel v. Verlorenen Sohn: ThGl 18, 1926, 54–64; MFrost, The Prodigal Son: Exp. 9th ser., 2, 1924, 56–60; EBuonaiuti, Religio 11, ’35, 398–402); Ac 7:29; Ro 9:9 (cp. Gen 18:10); Gal 4:22 al. W. gen. Mt 7:9; 20:20f; 21:37ab; Mk 6:3; 9:17; Lk 3:2; 4:22; 15:19; J 9:19f; Ac 13:21; 16:1; 23:16; Gal 4:30abc (Gen 21:10abc); Js 2:21; AcPlCor 2:29. Also ἐγὼ Φαρισαῖός εἰμι υἱὸς Φαρισαίων Ac 23:6 is prob. a ref. to direct descent. μονογενὴς υἱός (s. μονογενής 1) Lk 7:12. ὁ υἱὸς ὁ πρωτότοκος (πρωτότοκος 1) 2:7.
    the immediate male offspring of an animal (Ps 28:1 υἱοὺς κριῶν; Sir 38:25. So Lat. filius: Columella 6, 37, 4) in our lit. only as foal ἐπὶ πῶλον υἱὸν ὑποζυγίου Mt 21:5 (cp. Zech 9:9 πῶλον νέον).
    human offspring in an extended line of descent, descendant, son Ἰωσὴφ υἱὸς Δαυίδ Mt 1:20 (cp. Jos., Ant. 11, 73); s. 2dα below. υἱοὶ Ἰσραήλ (Ἰσραήλ 1) Mt 27:9; Lk 1:16; Ac 5:21; 7:23, 37; 9:15; 10:36; Ro 9:27; 2 Cor 3:7, 13; Hb 11:22 al.; AcPlCor 2:32. οἱ υἱοὶ Λευί (Num 26:57) Hb 7:5. υἱὸς Ἀβραάμ Lk 19:9. υἱοὶ Ἀδάμ 1 Cl 29:2 (Dt 32:8). υἱοι Ῥουβήλ GJs 6:3.
    one who is accepted or legally adopted as a son (Herodian 5, 7, 1; 4; 5; Jos, Ant. 2, 263; 20, 150) Ac 7:21 (cp. Ex 2:10).—J 19:26.
    a pers. related or closely associated as if by ties of sonship, son, transf. sense of 1
    of a pupil, follower, or one who is otherw. a spiritual son (SIG 1169, 12 οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ θεοῦ=the pupils and helpers [40] of Asclepius; sim. Maximus Tyr. 4, 2c; Just., D. 86, 6 οἱ υἱοὶ τῶν προφητῶν.—Some combination w. παῖδες is the favorite designation for those who are heirs of guild-secrets or who are to perpetuate a skill of some kind: Pla., Rep. 3, 407e, Leg. 6, 769b; Dionys. Hal., Comp. Verbi 22 p. 102, 4 Us./Rdm. ῥητόρων παῖδες; Lucian, Anach. 19, Dial. Mort. 11, 1 Χαλδαίων π.=dream-interpreters, Dips. 5 ἱατρῶν π., Amor. 49; Himerius, Or. 48 [=Or. 14], 13 σοφῶν π.): the ‘sons’ of the Pharisees Mt 12:27; Lk 11:19. Peter says Μᾶρκος ὁ υἱός μου 1 Pt 5:13 (perh. w. a component of endearment; s. Μᾶρκος). As a familiar form of address by a cherished mentor Hb 12:5 (Pr 3:11; ParJer 5:28; 7:24). υἱοὶ καὶ θυγατέρες B 1:1.
    of the individual members of a large and coherent group (cp. the υἷες Ἀχαιῶν in Homer; also PsSol 2:3 οἱ υἱοὶ Ἰερουσαλήμ; Dio Chrys. 71 [21], 15; LXX) οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ λαοῦ μου 1 Cl 8:3 (scripture quot. of unknown origin). υἱοὶ γένους Ἀβραάμ Ac 13:26. οἱ υἱοὶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων (Gen 11:5; Ps 11:2, 9; 44:3; TestLevi 3:10; TestZeb 9:7; GrBar 2:4) the sons of men=humans (cp. dγ below) Mk 3:28; Eph 3:5; 1 Cl 61:2 (of the earthly rulers in contrast to the heavenly king).
    of one whose identity is defined in terms of a relationship with a person or thing
    α. of those who are bound to a personality by close, non-material ties; it is this personality that has promoted the relationship and given it its character: son(s) of: those who believe are υἱοὶ Ἀβραάμ, because Abr. was the first whose relationship to God was based on faith Gal 3:7. In a special sense the devout, believers, are sons of God, i.e., in the light of the social context, people of special status and privilege (cp. PsSol 17:27; Just., D, 124, 1; Dio Chrys. 58 [75], 8 ὁ τοῦ Διὸς ὄντως υἱός; Epict. 1, 9, 6; 1, 3, 2; 1, 19, 9; Sextus 58; 60; 135; 376a; Dt 14:1; Ps 28:1; 72:15; Is 43:6 [w. θυγατέρες μου]; 45:11; Wsd 2:18; 5:5; 12:21 al.; Jdth 9:4, 13; Esth 8:12q; 3 Macc 6:28; SibOr 3, 702) Mt 5:45; Lk 6:35; Ro 8:14, 19 (‘Redeemer figures’ EFuchs, Die Freiheit des Glaubens, ’49, 108; against him EHommel in ThViat 4, ’52, 118, n. 26); 9:26 (Hos 2:1); 2 Cor 6:18 (w. θυγατέρες, s. Is 43:6 cited above); Gal 3:26 (cp. PsSol 17:27); 4:6a, 7ab (here the υἱός is the κληρονόμος and his opposite is the δοῦλος); Hb 2:10 (JKögel, Der Sohn u. die Söhne: Eine exeget. Studie zu Hb 2:5–18, 1904); 12:5–8 (in vs. 8 opp. νόθος, q.v.); Rv 21:7; 2 Cl 1:4; B 4:9. Corresp. there are sons of the devil (on this subj. cp. Hdb. on J 8:44) υἱὲ διαβόλου Ac 13:10. οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ πονηροῦ (masc.) Mt 13:38b. τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ ἐν Ἅιδου ApcPt Rainer. In υἱοί ἐστε τῶν φονευσάντων τοὺς προφήτας Mt 23:31 this mng. is prob. to be combined w. sense 1c. The expr. υἱοὶ θεοῦ Mt 5:9 looks to the future (s. Betz, SM ad loc.; cp. KKöhler, StKr 91, 1918, 189f). Lk 20:36a signifies a status akin to that of angels (Ps 88:7; θεῶν παῖδες as heavenly beings: Maximus Tyr. 11, 5a; 12a; 13, 6a.—Hierocles 3, 424 the ἄγγελοι are called θεῶν παῖδες; HWindisch, Friedensbringer-Gottessöhne: ZNW 24, 1925, 240–60, discounts connection w. angels and contends for the elevation of the ordinary followers of Jesus to the status of Alexander the Great in his role as an εἰρηνηποιός [cp. Plut., Mor. 329c]; for measured critique of this view s. Betz, SM 137–42.).
    β. υἱός w. gen. of thing, to denote one who shares in it or who is worthy of it, or who stands in some other close relation to it, oft. made clear by the context; this constr. is prob. a Hebraism in the main, but would not appear barbaric (B-D-F §162, 6; Mlt-H. 441; Dssm., B p. 162–66 [BS 161–66]; PASA II 1884, no. 2 υἱὸς πόλεως [time of Nero; on this type of formulation SEG XXXIX, 1864]; IMagnMai 167, 5; 156, 12) οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου (αἰών 2a) Lk 16:8a (opp. οἱ υἱοί τοῦ φωτός vs. 8b); 20:34. τῆς ἀναστάσεως υἱοί (to Mediterranean publics the functional equivalent of ἀθάνατοι ‘immortals’; cp. ἀνάστασις 2b) 20:36b. υἱοὶ τῆς ἀνομίας (ἀνομία 1; cp. CD 6:15) Hv 3, 6, 1; ApcPt 1:3; τῆς ἀπειθείας (s. ἀπείθεια) Eph 2:2; 5:6; Col 3:6; τῆς ἀπωλείας ApcPt 1:2. ὁ υἱὸς τῆς ἀπωλείας of Judas the informer J 17:12 (cp. similar expressions in Eur., Hec. 425; Menand., Dyscolus 88f: s. FDanker, NTS 7, ’60/61, 94), of the end-time adversary 2 Th 2:3. υἱοὶ τῆς βασιλείας (βασιλεία 1bη; s. SEG XXXIX, 1864 for related expressions) Mt 8:12; 13:38a. υἱοὶ βροντῆς Mk 3:17 (s. Βοανηργές). υἱὸς γεέννης (s. γέεννα) Mt 23:15; τ. διαθήκης (PsSol 17:15) Ac 3:25; εἰρήνης Lk 10:6. υἱοὶ τοῦ νυμφῶνος (s. νυμφών) Mt 9:15; Mk 2:19; Lk 5:34. υἱὸς παρακλήσεως Ac 4:36 (s. Βαρναβᾶς). υἱοὶ (τοῦ) φωτός (Hippol., Ref. 6, 47, 4 in gnostic speculation) Lk 16:8b (opp. υἱοὶ τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου); J 12:36. υἱοὶ φωτός ἐστε καὶ υἱοὶ ἡμέρας 1 Th 5:5 (EBuonaiuti, ‘Figli del giorno e della luce’ [1 Th 5:5]: Rivista storico-critica delle Scienze teol. 6, 1910, 89–93).
    in various combinations as a designation of the Messiah and a self-designation of Jesus
    α. υἱὸς Δαυίδ son of David of the Messiah (PsSol 17:21) Mt 22:42–45; Mk 12:35–37; Lk 20:41–44; B 12:10c. Specif. of Jesus as Messiah Mt 1:1a; 9:27; 12:23; 15:22; 20:30f; 21:9, 15; Mk 10:47f; Lk 18:38f.—WWrede, Jesus als Davidssohn: Vorträge u. Studien 1907, 147–77; WBousset, Kyrios Christos2 1921, 4, Rel.3 226f; ELohmeyer, Gottesknecht u. Davidssohn ’45, esp. 68; 72; 77; 84; TNicklin, Gospel Gleanings ’50, 251–56; WMichaelis, Die Davidsohnschaft Jesu usw., in D. histor. Jesus u. d. kerygm. Christus, ed. Ristow and Matthiae, ’61, 317–30; LFisher, ECColwell Festschr. ’68, 82–97.
    β. ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ, υἱὸς θεοῦ (the) Son of God (for the phrase s. JosAs 6:2 al. Ἰωσὴφ ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ; there is no undisputed evidence of usage as messianic title in pre-Christian Judaism [s. Dalman, Worte 219–24, Eng. tr. 268–89; Bousset, Kyrios Christos2 53f; EHuntress, ‘Son of God’ in Jewish Writings Prior to the Christian Era: JBL 54, ’35, 117–23]; cp. 4Q 246 col. 2, 1 [JFitzmyer, A Wandering Aramean ’79, 90–93; JCollins, BRev IX/3, ’93, 34–38, 57]. Among polytheists on the other hand, sons of the gods in a special sense [s. Just., A I, 21, 1f] are not only known to myth and legend, but definite historical personalities are also designated as such. Among them are famous wise men such as Pythagoras and Plato [HUsener, Das Weihnachtsfest2 1911, 71ff], and deified rulers, above all the Roman emperors since the time of Augustus [oft. in ins and pap: Dssm., B 166f=BS 166f, LO 294f=LAE 346f; Thieme 33]. According to Memnon [I B.C./ I A.D.]: 434 Fgm. 1, 1, 1 Jac., Clearchus [IV B.C.] carried his boasting so far as Διὸς υἱὸν ἑαυτὸν ἀνειπεῖν. Also, persons who were active at that time as prophets and wonder-workers laid claim to the title υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ, e.g. the Samaritan Dositheus in Origen, C. Cels. 6, 11; sim. an Indian wise man who calls himself Διὸς υἱός Arrian, Anab. 7, 2, 3; cp. Did., Gen. 213, 18 ὁ Ἀβρὰμ υἱὸς θεοῦ διὰ δικαιοσύνην. S. GWetter, ‘Der Sohn Gottes’ 1916; Hdb. exc. on J 1:34; s. also Clemen2 76ff; ENorden, Die Geburt des Kindes 1924, 75; 91f; 132; 156f; EKlostermann, Hdb. exc. on Mk 1:11 [4th ed. ’50]; M-JLagrange, Les origines du dogme paulinien de la divinité de Christ: RB 45, ’36, 5–33; HPreisker, Ntl. Zeitgesch. ’37, 187–208; HBraun, ZTK 54, ’57, 353–64; ANock, ‘Son of God’ in Paul. and Hellen. Thought: Gnomon 33, ’61, 581–90 [=Essays on Religion and the Anc. World II, ’72, 928–39]—originality in Paul’s thought): Ps 2:7 is applied to Jesus υἱός μου εἶ σύ, ἐγὼ σήμερον γεγέννηκά σε Lk 3:22 D; GEb 18, 37.—Ac 13:33; Hb 1:5a; 5:5; 1 Cl 36:4. Likew. Hos 11:1 (w. significant changes): Mt 2:15, and 2 Km 7:14: Hb 1:5b. The voice of God calls him ὁ υἱός μου ὁ ἀγαπητός (s. ἀγαπητός 1) at his baptism Mt 3:17; Mk 1:11; Lk 3:22; GEb 18, 37 and 39 and at the Transfiguration Mt 17:5; Mk 9:7; Lk 9:35 (here ἐκλελεγμένος instead of ἀγαπ.); 2 Pt 1:17. Cp. J 1:34. The angel at the Annunciation uses these expressions in referring to him: υἱὸς ὑψίστου Lk 1:32; GJs 11:3 and υἱὸς θεοῦ Lk 1:35 (Ar. 15, 1 ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ τοῦ ὑψίστου. Cp. Just., A I, 23, 2 μόνος ἰδίως υἱὸς τῷ θεῷ γεγέννηται). The centurion refers to him at the crucifixion as υἱὸς θεοῦ Mt 27:54; Mk 15:39; GPt 11:45; cp. vs. 46 (CMann, ET 20, 1909, 563f; JPobee, The Cry of the Centurion, A Cry of Defeat: CFDMoule Festschr. ’70, 91–102; EJohnson, JSNT 31, ’87, 3–22 [an indefinite affirmation of Jesus]). The high priest asks εἰ σὺ εἶ ὁ Χριστὸς ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ Mt 26:63 (DCatchpole, NTS 17, ’71, 213–26). Passers-by ask him to show that he is God’s Son 27:40; sim. the devil 4:3, 6; Lk 4:3, 9. On the other hand, evil spirits address him as the Son of God Mt 8:29; Mk 3:11; 5:7; Lk 4:41; 8:28; and disciples testify that he is Mt 14:33; 16:16. S. also Mk 1:1 (s. SLegg, Ev. Sec. Marc. ’35).—Jesus also refers to himself as Son of God, though rarely apart fr. the Fourth Gosp.: Mt 28:19 (the Risen Lord in the trinitarian baptismal formula); Mt 21:37f=Mk 12:6 (an allusion in the parable of the vinedressers).—Mt 27:43; Mk 13:32; Rv 2:18. The main pass. is the so-called Johannine verse in the synoptics Mt 11:27=Lk 10:22 (s. PSchmiedel, PM 4, 1900,1–22; FBurkitt, JTS 12, 1911, 296f; HSchumacher, Die Selbstoffenbarung Jesu bei Mt 11:27 [Lk 10:22] 1912 [lit.]; Norden, Agn. Th. 277–308; JWeiss, Heinrici Festschr. 1914, 120–29, Urchristentum 1917, 87ff; Bousset, Kyrios Christos2 1921, 45ff; EMeyer I 280ff; RBultmann, Gesch. d. synopt. Trad.2 ’31, 171f; MDibelius, Die Formgeschichte des Evangeliums2 ’33, 259; MRist, Is Mt 11:25–30 a Primitive Baptismal Hymn? JR 15, ’35, 63–77; TArvedson, D. Mysterium Christi: E. Studie zu Mt 11:25–30, ’37; WDavies, ‘Knowledge’ in the Dead Sea Scrolls and Mt 11:25–30, HTR 45, ’53, 113–39; WGrundmann, Sohn Gottes, ZNW 47, ’56, 113–33; JBieneck, Sohn Gottes als Christusbez. der Synopt. ’51; PWinter, Mt 11:27 and Lk 10:22: NovT 1, ’56, 112–48; JJocz, Judaica 13, ’57, 129–42; OMichel/OBetz, Von Gott Gezeugt, Beih. ZNW [Jeremias Festschr.] 26, ’60, 3–23 [Qumran]).—Apart fr. the synoptics, testimony to Jesus as the Son of God is found in many parts of our lit. Oft. in Paul: Ro 1:3, 4, 9; 5:10; 8:3, 29, 32; 1 Cor 1:9; 15:28; 2 Cor 1:19; Gal 1:16; 2:20; 4:4; Eph 4:13; Col 1:13; 1 Th 1:10. Cp. Ac 9:20. In Hb: 1:2, 8; 4:14; 5:8; 6:6; 7:3, 28; 10:29. In greatest frequency in John (cp. Herm. Wr. 1, 6 the Λόγος as υἱὸς θεοῦ. Likew. Philo, Agr. 51 πρωτόγονος υἱός, Conf. Lingu. 146 υἱὸς θεοῦ.—Theoph. Ant. 2, 1 [p. 154, 12] ὁ λόγος ὁ τοῦ θεοῦ, ὅς ἐστιν καὶ υἱὸς αὐτοῦ; Iren. 3, 12, 2 [Harv. II 55, 2]): J 1:49; 3:16–18 (s. μονογενής 2), 35f; 5:19–26; 6:40; 8:35f; 10:36; 11:4, 27; 14:13; 17:1; 19:7; 20:31; 1J 1:3, 7; 2:22–24; 3:8, 23; 4:9f, 14f; 5:5, 9–13, 20; 2J 3, 9.—B 5:9, 11; 7:2, 9; 12:8; 15:5; Dg 7:4; 9:2, 4; 10:2 (τὸν υἱὸν αὐτοῦ τὸν μονογενῆ; also ApcEsdr 6:16 p. 31, 22 Tdf.; ApcSed 9:1f); IMg 8:2; ISm 1:1; MPol 17:3; Hv 2, 2, 8; Hs 5, 2, 6 (ὁ υἱὸς αὐτοῦ ὁ ἀγαπητός); 8; 11; 5, 4, 1; 5, 5, 2; 3; 5; 5, 6, 1; 2; 4; 7 (on the Christology of the Shepherd s. Dibelius, Hdb. on Hs 5, also ALink and JvWalter [πνεῦμα 5cα]); Hs 8, 3, 2; 8, 11, 1. Cp. 9, 1, 1; 9, 12, 1ff.—In trinitarian formulas, in addition to Mt 28:19, also IMg 13:1; EpilMosq 5; D 7:1, 3.—The deceiver of the world appears w. signs and wonders ὡς υἱὸς θεοῦ D 16:4 (ApcEsdr 4:27 p. 28, 32 Tdf. ὁ λέγων• Ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ [of Antichrist]).—EKühl, Das Selbstbewusstsein Jesu 1907, 16–44; GVos, The Self-disclosure of Jesus 1926.—EBurton, ICC Gal 1921, 404–17; TNicklin, Gospel Gleanings ’50, 211–36; MHengel, The Son of God (tr. JBowden) ’76; DJones, The Title υἱὸς θεοῦ in Acts: SBLSP 24, ’85, 451–63.
    γ. ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου lit. ‘the son of the man’ (the pl. form οἱ υἱοὶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων appears freq. in the LXX to render בְּנֵי אָדָם = mortals, e.g. Gen 11:5; Ps 10:4; 11:2; cp. ὁ υἱὸς τῆς ἀπολείας J 17:12 [s. 2cβ]) ‘the human being, the human one, the man’ in our lit. only as a byname in ref. to Jesus and in an exclusive sense the Human One, the Human Being, one intimately linked with humanity in its primary aspect of fragility yet transcending it, traditionally rendered ‘the Son of Man.’ The term is found predom. in the gospels, where it occurs in the synoptics about 70 times (about half as oft. if parallels are excluded), and in J 12 times (s. EKlostermann, Hdb. exc. on Mk 8:31). In every case the title is applied by Jesus to himself. Nowhere within a saying or narrative about him is it found in an address to him: Mt 8:20; 9:6; 10:23; 11:19; 12:8, 32, 40; 13:37, 41; 16:13, 27f; 17:9, 12, 22; 18:10 [11] v.l.; 19:28; 20:18, 28; 24:27, 30, 37, 39, 44; 25:13 v.l., 31; 26:2, 24ab, 45, 64; Mk 2:10, 28; 8:31, 38; 9:9, 12, 31; 10:33, 45; 13:26; 14:21ab, 41, 62; Lk 5:24; 6:5, 22; 7:34; 9:22, 26, 44, 56 v.l., 58; 11:30; 12:8, 10, 40; 17:22, 24, 26, 30; 18:8, 31; 19:10; 21:27, 36; 22:22, 48, 69; 24:7.—John (FGrosheide, Υἱὸς τ. ἀνθρ. in het Evang. naar Joh.: TSt 35, 1917, 242–48; HDieckmann, D. Sohn des Menschen im J: Scholastik 2, 1927, 229–47; HWindisch, ZNW 30, ’31, 215–33; 31, ’32, 199–204; WMichaelis, TLZ 85, ’60, 561–78 [Jesus’ earthly presence]) 1:51; 3:13, 14; 5:27 (BVawter, Ezekiel and John, CBQ 26, ’64, 450–58); 6:27, 53, 62; 8:28; 9:35; 12:23, 34; 13:31. Whether the component of fragility (suggested by OT usage in ref. to the brief span of human life and the ills to which it falls heir) or high status (suggested by traditions that appear dependent on Da 7:13, which refers to one ‘like a human being’), or a blend of the two dominates a specific occurrence can be determined only by careful exegesis that in addition to extra-biblical traditions takes account of the total literary structure of the document in which it occurs. Much neglected in the discussion is the probability of prophetic association suggested by the form of address Ezk 2:1 al. (like the OT prophet [Ezk 3:4–11] Jesus encounters resistance).—On Israelite thought contemporary w. Jesus and alleged knowledge of a heavenly being looked upon as a ‘Son of Man’ or ‘Man’, who exercises Messianic functions such as judging the world (metaph., pictorial passages in En 46–48; 4 Esdr 13:3, 51f) s. Bousset, Rel.3 352–55; NMessel, D. Menschensohn in d. Bilderreden d. Hen. 1922; ESjöberg, Kenna 1 Henok och 4 Esra tanken på den lidande Människosonen? Sv. Ex. Årsb. 5, ’40, 163–83, D. Menschensohn im äth. Hen. ’46. This view is in some way connected w. Da 7:13; acc. to some it derives its real content fr. an eschatological tradition that ultimately goes back to Iran (WBousset, Hauptprobleme der Gnosis 1907, 160–223; Reitzenstein, Erlösungsmyst. 119ff, ZNW 20, 1921, 18–22, Mysterienrel.3 418ff; Clemen2 72ff; CKraeling, Anthropos and Son of Man: A Study in the Religious Syncretism of the Hellenistic Orient 1927); acc. to this tradition the First Man was deified; he will return in the last times and usher in the Kingdom of God.—Outside the gospels: Ac 7:56 (v.l. τοῦ θεοῦ; GKilpatrick, TZ 21, ’65, 209); Rv 1:13; 14:14 (both after Da 7:13; sim. allusion to Da in Just., D. 31, 1). The quot. fr. Ps 8:5 in Hb 2:6 prob. does not belong here, since there is no emphasis laid on υἱὸς ἀνθρώπου. In IEph 20:2 Jesus is described as υἱὸς ἀνθρώπου καὶ υἱὸς θεοῦ. Differently B 12:10 Ἰησοῦς, οὐχὶ υἱὸς ἀνθρώπου ἀλλὰ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ Jesus, not a man’s son, but Son of God.—HLietzmann, Der Menschensohn 1896; Dalman, Worte 191–219 (Eng. tr., 234–67); Wlh., Einl.2 123–30; PFiebig, Der Menschensohn 1901; NSchmidt, The Prophet of Nazareth 1905, 94–134, Recent Study of the Term ‘Son of Man’: JBL 45, 1926, 326–49; FTillmann, Der Menschensohn 1907; EKühl, Das Selbstbewusstsein Jesu 1907, 65ff; HHoltzmann, Das messianische Bewusstsein Jesu, 1907, 49–75 (lit.), Ntl. Theologie2 I 1911, 313–35; FBard, D. Sohn d. Menschen 1908; HGottsched, D. Menschensohn 1908; EAbbott, ‘The Son of Man’, etc., 1910; EHertlein, Die Menschensohnfrage im letzten Stadium 1911, ZNW 19, 1920, 46–48; JMoffatt, The Theology of the Gospels 1912, 150–63; WBousset, Kyrios Christos2 1921, 5–22 (the titles of the works by Wernle and Althaus opposing his first edition [1913], as well as Bousset’s answer, are found s.v. κύριος, end); DVölter, Jesus der Menschensohn 1914, Die Menschensohnfrage neu untersucht 1916; FSchulthess, ZNW 21, 1922, 247–50; Rtzst., Herr der Grösse 1919 (see also the works by the same author referred to above in this entry); EMeyer II 335ff; HGressmann, ZKG n.s. 4, 1922, 170ff, D. Messias 1929, 341ff; GDupont, Le Fils d’Homme 1924; APeake, The Messiah and the Son of Man 1924; MWagner, Der Menschensohn: NKZ 36, 1925, 245–78; Guillaume Baldensperger, Le Fils d’Homme: RHPR 5, 1925, 262–73; WBleibtreu, Jesu Selbstbez. als der Menschensohn: StKr 98/99, 1926, 164–211; AvGall, Βασιλεία τοῦ θεοῦ 1926; OProcksch, D. Menschensohn als Gottessohn: Christentum u. Wissensch. 3, 1927, 425–43; 473–81; CMontefiore, The Synoptic Gospels2 1927 I 64–80; ROtto, Reich Gottes u. Menschensohn ’34, Eng. tr. The Kgdm. of God and the Son of Man, tr. Filson and Woolf2 ’43; EWechssler, Hellas im Ev. ’36, 332ff; PParker, The Mng. of ‘Son of Man’: JBL 60, ’41, 151–57; HSharman, Son of Man and Kingdom of God ’43; JCampbell, The Origin and Mng. of the Term Son of Man: JTS 48, ’47, 145–55; HRiesenfeld, Jésus Transfiguré ’47, 307–13 (survey and lit.); TManson, ConNeot 11, ’47, 138–46 (Son of Man=Jesus and his disciples in Mk 2:27f); GDuncan, Jesus, Son of Man ’47, 135–53 (survey); JBowman, ET 59, ’47/48, 283–88 (background); MBlack, ET 60, ’48f, 11–15; 32–36; GKnight, Fr. Moses to Paul ’49, 163–72 (survey); TNicklin, Gospel Gleanings ’50, 237–50; TManson (Da, En and gospels), BJRL 32, ’50, 171–93; TPreiss, Le Fils d’Homme: ÉThR 26/3, ’51, Life in Christ, ’54, 43–60; SMowinckel, He That Cometh, tr. Anderson, ’54, 346–450; GIber, Überlieferungsgesch. Unters. z. Begriff des Menschensohnes im NT, diss. Heidelb. ’53; ESjöberg, D. verborgene Menschensohn in den Ev. ’55; WGrundmann, ZNW 47, ’56, 113–33; HRiesenfeld, The Mythological Backgrd. of NT Christology, CHDodd Festschr. ’56, 81–95; PhVielhauer, Gottesreich u. Menschensohn in d. Verk. Jesu, GDehn Festschr. ’57, 51–79; ESidebottom, The Son of Man in J, ET 68, ’57, 231–35; 280–83; AHiggins, Son of Man- Forschung since (Manson’s) ‘The Teaching of Jesus’: NT Essays (TW Manson memorial vol.) ’59, 119–35; HTödt, D. Menschensohn in d. synopt. Überl. ’59 (tr. Barton ’65); JMuilenburg, JBL 79, ’60, 197–209 (Da, En); ESchweizer, JBL 79, ’60, 119–29 and NTS 9, ’63, 256–61; BvIersel, ‘Der Sohn’ in den synopt. Jesusworten, ’61 (community?); MBlack, BJRL 45, ’63, 305–18; FBorsch, ATR 45, ’63, 174–90; AHiggins, Jesus and the Son of Man, ’64; RFormesyn, NovT 8, ’66, 1–35 (barnasha=‘I’); SSandmel, HSilver Festschr. ’63, 355–67; JJeremias, Die älteste Schicht der Menschensohn-Logien, ZNW 58, ’67, 159–72; GVermes, MBlack, Aram. Approach3, ’67, 310–30; BLindars, The New Look on the Son of Man: BJRL 63, ’81, 437–62; WWalker, The Son of Man, Some Recent Developments CBQ 45, ’83, 584–607; JDonahue, Recent Studies on the Origin of ‘Son of Man’ in the Gospels, CBQ 48, ’86, 584–607; DBurkitt, The Nontitular Son of Man, A History and Critique: NTS 40, ’94 504–21 (lit.); JEllington, BT 40, ’89, 201–8; RGordon, Anthropos: 108–13.—B. 105; DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW. Sv.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > υἱός

  • 10 crown

    1. noun
    1) Krone, die

    the Crowndie Krone

    2) (of head) Scheitel, der; (of tree, tooth) Krone, die; (of hat) Kopfteil, das; (thing that forms the summit) Gipfel, der
    2. transitive verb

    crown somebody king/queen — jemanden zum König/zur Königin krönen

    2) (put finishing touch to) krönen

    to crown allzur Krönung des Ganzen; (to make things even worse) um das Maß vollzumachen

    3) (Dent.) überkronen
    * * *
    1. noun
    1) (a circular, often jewelled, head-dress, especially one worn as a mark of royalty or honour: the queen's crown.) die Krone
    2) ((with capital) the king or queen or governing power in a monarchy: revenue belonging to the Crown.) der Thron
    3) (the top eg of a head, hat, hill etc: We reached the crown of the hill.) der Gipfel
    4) ((an artificial replacement for) the part of a tooth which can be seen.) die Zahnkrone
    2. verb
    1) (to make (someone) king or queen by placing a crown on his or her head: The archbishop crowned the queen.) krönen
    2) (to form the top part of (something): an iced cake crowned with a cherry.) krönen
    3) (to put an artificial crown on (a tooth).) Zahn überkronen
    4) (to hit (someone) on the head: If you do that again, I'll crown you!) jemandem eins auf's Dach geben (sl.)
    - academic.ru/17517/crown_prince">crown prince
    - crown princess
    * * *
    [kraʊn]
    I. n
    1. (of a monarch) Krone f
    \crown of thorns Dornenkrone f
    to wear the [or one's] \crown die Krone tragen
    2.
    the C\crown (monarchy) die Krone; (monarch) der König/die Königin
    associate of the \crown Office Geschäftsstellenbeamte(r), -beamtin m, f
    3. (sporting title) Meisterschaftstitel m
    4. (top of head) Scheitel m; (of hill) Kuppe f; (of mountain) Gipfel m; (of a roof) [Dach]first m; (of a tooth, tree, hat) Krone f
    5. BRIT ( hist: coin) Krone f, Fünfschillingstück nt
    6.
    to steal sb's \crown jdm/einer Sache den Rang ablaufen
    II. vt
    1. (as monarch)
    to \crown sb jdn krönen
    to \crown sb world champion jdn zum Weltmeister krönen
    she's the newly \crowned world champion sie ist die frischgebackene Weltmeisterin
    3. (make perfect)
    to \crown sth etw krönen [o glanzvoll abrunden
    4. ( liter: top)
    to \crown sth etw krönen
    to \crown sb jdm eins überziehen [o aufs Dach geben] fam
    6. MED
    to \crown teeth Zähne überkronen
    7.
    to \crown it all BRIT, AUS ( iron) als [o zur] Krönung des Ganzen iron
    * * *
    [kraʊn]
    1. n
    1) (for royalty) Krone f

    to wear the crownauf dem Thron sitzen

    2) (= coin) Krone f
    3) (= top) (of head) Wirbel m; (= skull) Schädel m; (= head measurement) Kopf(umfang) m; (of hat) Kopf m; (of road) Wölbung f; (of arch) Scheitelpunkt m; (of roof) First m; (of tooth, tree) Krone f; (of hill) Kuppe f
    4) (= size of paper) englisches Papierformat (ca. 45 × 38 cm2)
    5) (fig: climax, completion) Krönung f
    2. vt
    1) king, queen krönen

    he was crowned kinger ist zum König gekrönt worden

    2)

    (= top) the hill is crowned with trees —

    the cake was crowned with marzipan decorationsder Kuchen war zur Krönung des Ganzen (noch) mit Marzipanfiguren geschmückt

    3) (fig: form climax to) krönen
    4) (in draughts etc) eine Dame bekommen mit
    5) tooth eine Krone machen für
    6) (inf: hit) eine runterhauen (+dat) (inf)
    * * *
    crown1 [kraʊn]
    A s
    1. Antike: Sieger-, Lorbeerkranz m (auch fig), Ehrenkrone f:
    the crown of glory fig die Ruhmeskrone
    2. Krone f, Kranz m:
    martyr’s crown Märtyrerkrone
    3. fig Krone f, Palme f, ehrenvolle Auszeichnung, SPORT auch (Meister)Titel m
    4. a) (Königs- etc) Krone f
    b) Herrschermacht f, -würde f:
    succeed to the crown den Thron besteigen, die Thronfolge antreten
    a) die Krone, der Souverän, der König, die Königin,
    b) der Staat, der Fiskus:
    crown cases JUR Br Strafsachen;
    crown property Br fiskalisches Eigentum
    6. Krone f:
    a) HIST Crown f (englisches Fünfschillingstück):
    half a crown eine halbe Krone; 2 Schilling, 6 Pence
    b) Währungseinheit in Schweden, Tschechien etc
    7. BOT
    a) (Baum) Krone f
    b) Haarkrone f
    c) Wurzelhals m
    d) Nebenkrone f (bei Narzissen etc)
    8. Scheitel m, Wirbel m (des Kopfes)
    9. Kopf m, Schädel m:
    break one’s crown sich den Schädel einschlagen
    10. ORN Kamm m, Schopf m, Krönchen n
    11. a) ANAT (Zahn) Krone f
    b) Zahnmedizin: Krone f
    12. höchster Punkt, Scheitel(punkt) m, Gipfel m
    13. fig Krönung f, Krone f, Höhepunkt m, Gipfel(punkt) m, Schlussstein m:
    the crown of his life die Krönung seines Lebens
    14. ARCH
    a) Scheitelpunkt m (eines Bogens)
    b) Bekrönung f
    15. SCHIFF
    a) (Anker)Kreuz n
    b) Kreuzknoten m
    16. TECH
    a) Haube f (einer Glocke)
    b) Gichtmantel m, Ofengewölbe n
    c) Kuppel f (eines Glasofens)
    d) Schleusenhaupt n
    e) (Aufzugs)Krone f (der Uhr)
    f) (Hut)Krone f
    17. Krone f (oberer Teil des Brillanten)
    18. Kronenpapier n ( USA: 15 x 19 Zoll, GB: 15 x 20 Zoll)
    B v/t
    1. (be)krönen, bekränzen:
    be crowned king zum König gekrönt werden
    2. fig allg krönen:
    a) ehren, auszeichnen:
    crown sb athlete of the year jemanden zum Sportler des Jahres krönen oder küren
    b) schmücken, zieren
    c) den Gipfel oder den Höhepunkt bilden von (oder gen):
    crown all alles überbieten, allem die Krone aufsetzen (a. iron);
    crown it all (Redew) zu allem Überfluss oder Unglück
    d) erfolgreich oder glorreich abschließen:
    crowned with success von Erfolg gekrönt;
    to open a bottle of champagne to crown the feast zur Krönung oder zum krönenden Abschluss des Festes
    3. Damespiel: zur Dame machen
    4. MED einen Zahn überkronen
    5. mit einem Kronenverschluss versehen
    6. sl jemandem eins aufs Dach geben:
    crown sb with a beer bottle jemandem eine Bierflasche über den Schädel schlagen
    crown2 [krəʊn] obs pperf von crow2
    * * *
    1. noun
    1) Krone, die
    2) (of head) Scheitel, der; (of tree, tooth) Krone, die; (of hat) Kopfteil, das; (thing that forms the summit) Gipfel, der
    2. transitive verb

    crown somebody king/queen — jemanden zum König/zur Königin krönen

    to crown all — zur Krönung des Ganzen; (to make things even worse) um das Maß vollzumachen

    3) (Dent.) überkronen
    * * *
    (dentistry) n.
    Zahnkrone f. n.
    Krone -n f. v.
    krönen v.

    English-german dictionary > crown

  • 11 fille

    fille [fij]
    1. feminine noun
       b. ( = enfant) girl ; ( = femme) woman
    c'est une grande/petite fille she's a big/little girl
       c. ( = prostituée) (old-fashioned) whore
    * * *
    fij
    1) ( descendante) daughter

    ma fillegén my girl; Religion my child; superstition

    2) ( jeune femme) girl
    Phrasal Verbs:
    ••

    jouer les filles de l'air — (colloq) to vanish into thin air

    * * *
    fij nf
    1) girl

    C'est une école de filles. — It's a girls' school.

    vieille fille — old maid, spinster

    C'est leur fille aînée. — She's their oldest daughter.

    * * *
    fille nf
    1 ( descendante) daughter; fille adoptive adopted daughter; la fille des Dupont the Duponts' daughter; fille de paysans/d'immigrés daughter of peasants/of immigrants; de mère en fille from mother to daughter; elle a eu une petite fille she's had a little girl; ma fille gén my girl; Relig my child; ⇒ superstition;
    2 ( jeune femme) girl; une petite/grande fille a little/big girl; elle fait encore très petite fille she's still very much a little girl; faire fille to look girlish; être habillé en fille to be dressed like a girl; vêtements/jeux pour filles girls' clothes/games; école de filles girls' school; elle n'est pas fille à s'en faire she isn't one to worry; elle est restée fille ( célibataire) she remained a spinster; ⇒ jeune, vieux;
    3 ( prostituée) prostitute.
    fille de (bonne) famille girl from a good family; fille d'Ève daughter of Eve; fille de ferme farm girl; fille de joie prostitute; fille à matelots sailors' moll; fille mère unmarried mother; fille perdue fallen woman; fille publique, fille des rues streetwalker; fille à soldats soldiers' moll; fille soumise prostitute; fille spirituelle spiritual heir.
    jouer les filles de l'air to vanish into thin air; c'est bien la fille de son père/sa mère she's very much her father's/her mother's daughter; la plus belle fille du monde ne peut donner que ce qu'elle a with the best will in the world one can only go so far.
    [fij] nom féminin
    1. [enfant] girl
    c'est une belle/gentille fille she's a good-looking/nice girl
    2. [jeune fille] girl
    [femme] woman
    3. [descendante] daughter
    4. [en appellatif]
    5. (vieilli) [employée]
    6. (vieilli) [prostituée] whore
    fille publique ou de joie ou des rues ou perdue (littéraire) prostitute

    Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > fille

  • 12 उत्तर _uttara

    1
    उत्तर a. [उद्-तरप्]
    1 Being or produced in the north, northern (declined like a pronoun).
    -2 Upper, higher P.I.1.34 (opp. अधर); उत्तरे-अधरे दन्ताः Śat. Br.; अवनतोत्तरकायम् R.9.6; P.II.2.1.
    -3 (a) Later-latter, following, subsequent (opp. पूर्व); पूर्वमेघः, उत्तरमेघः, ˚मीमांसा; उत्तरार्धः &c. ˚रामचरितम् later adventures of Rāma U.1.2; पूर्वः उत्तरः former-latter H.1.9; एतानि मान्यस्थानानि गरीयो यद्यदुत्तरम् Ms.2.136. (b) Future; concluding; ˚कालः subsequent time; ˚फलम्; ˚वचनम् a reply.
    -4 Left (opp. दक्षिण).
    -5 Superior, chief, excellent; dominant, power- ful. आनयेङ्गुदिपिण्याकं चीरमाहर चोत्तरम् Rām.2.13.2; वाद्यमानेषु तूर्येषु मल्लतारोत्तरेषु च Bhāg.1.42.36.
    -6 Exceeding, transgressing, beyond; तर्कोत्तराम् Mv.2.6.
    -7 More, more than (generally as the last member of a comp. with numerals); षडुत्तरा विंशतिः 26; अष्टोत्तरं शतं 18; दशनागबलाः केचित् केचिद्दशगुणोत्तराः Rām.5.43.22.
    -8 Accompanied or attended with, full of, consisting chiefly of, followed by (at the end of comp.); राज्ञां तु चरितार्थता दुःखोत्तरैव Ś.5; चषकोत्तरा R.7.49; अस्रोत्तर- मीक्षिताम् Ku.5.61; उत्सवोत्तरो मङ्गलविधिः Dk.39,166; K.311; H.1.15; प्रवाल ˚पुष्पशय्ये R.6.5 over spread with; धर्मोत्तरम् 13.7 rich in; 18.7; कम्प ˚ 13.28;17.12; 19.23.
    -9 To be crossed over.
    -रः 1 Future time, futurity.
    -2 N. of Viṣṇu.
    -3 N. of Śiva.
    -रा 1 The north; अस्त्युत्तरस्यां दिशि देवतात्मा Ku.1.1.
    -2 A lunar mansion.
    -3 N. of the daughter of Virāṭa and wife of Abhimanyu.
    -4 N. of a plant (Mar. पिंपरी).
    -रम् 1 An answer, reply; प्रचक्रमे च प्रतिवक्तुमुत्तरम् R.3.47; उत्तरादुत्तरं वाक्यं वदतां संप्रजायते Pt.1.6; a reply is suggested to a reply वचस्तस्य सपदि क्रिया केवलमुत्तरम् Śi.
    -2 (In law) Defence, a rejoinder.
    -3 The last part or following member of a compound.
    -4 (In Mīm.) The fourth member of an अधिकरण q. v. the answer.
    -5 The upper surface or cover.
    -6 Con- clusion.
    -7 Remainder, rest, what followed or took place next; शान्तमथवा किमिहोत्तरेण U.3.26.
    -8 Superiority, excellence.
    -9 Result, the chief or prevalent result or characteristic.
    -1 Excess, over and above; see above (उत्तर a. 8).
    -11 Remainder, difference (in arith.).
    -12 A rectangular moulding (Mānasāra 13.67.)
    -13 The next step, further action; उत्तरं चिन्तयामास वानरो मरुतात्मजः Rām.5.13.59.
    -14 A cover (आच्छादन); सू<?>स्करं सोत्तरबन्धुरेषम् Mb.6.6.9.
    -रम् ind.
    1 Above.
    -2 Afterwards, after; तत उत्तरम्, इत उत्तरम् &c. शापं तं ते$भिविज्ञाय कृतवन्तः किमुत्तरम् Mb.1.36.1.
    -Comp. -अगारम् An upper room, garet.
    - अधर a. higher and lower (fig. also). (
    -रौ du.) the upper and under lip, the two lips; पुनर्विवक्षुःस्फुरितोत्तराधरः Ku.5.83 (स्फुरण- भूयिष्ठो$धरो यस्य Malli.).
    -अधिकारः, -रिता, -त्वम् right to property, heirship, inheritance.
    -अधिकारिन् m. an heir or claimant (subsequent to the death of the ori- ginal owner).
    -अपरा north-west.
    -अभिमुख a. Turned towards the north.
    -अयनम् (˚यणं. न being changed to ण)
    1 the progress of the sun to the north (of the equator); अग्निर्ज्योतिरहः शुक्लः षण्मासा उत्तरायणम् Bg.8.24. cf. भानोर्मकरसंक्रान्तेः षण्मासा उत्तरायणम् । कर्कादेस्तु तथैव स्यात् षण्मासा दक्षिणायनम् ॥
    -2 the period or time of the sum- mer solstice.
    -अरणिः, -णी f. the upper अरणि (which by cutting becomes the प्रमन्थ or churner); दारुपात्राणि सर्वाणि अरणिं चोत्तरारणिम् (दत्त्वा) Rām.6.111.116.
    -अर्थ a. for the sake of what follows.
    -अर्धम् 1 the upper part of the body.
    -2 the northern part.
    -3 the latter half (opp. पूर्वार्ध).
    -4 the further end.
    -अर्ध्य a. being on the northern side.
    -अहः the following day.
    -आभासः a false reply, an indirect, evasive, or prevaricating reply. ˚ता, -त्वम् the semblance of a reply without reality.
    -आशा the northern direction. ˚अधिपतिः, -पतिः the regent of the northern direction, an epithet of Kubera.
    -आषाढा 1 the 21st lunar mansion consisting of three stars.
    -2 N. of bread-fruit or Jak tree (Mar. फणस).
    -आसङ्गः 1 an upper garment; कृतोत्तरासङ्गम् K.43; Śi.2.19; Ku.5.16.
    -2 contact with the north.
    - इतर a. other than उत्तर i. e. southern. (
    -रा) the southern direction.
    -उत्तर a. [उत्तरस्मादुत्तरः]
    1 more and more, higher and higher, further and further.
    -2 successive, ever increasing; ˚स्नेहेन दृष्टः Pt. 1; Y.2.136.
    (-रम्) 1 a reply to an answer, reply on reply; अलमुत्तरोत्तरेण Mu.3.
    -2 conversation, a rejoinder.
    -3 excess, exceeding quantity or degree.
    -4 succession, gradation, sequence.
    -5 descending. (
    -रम्) ind. higher and higher, in constant continuation, more and more. उत्तरोत्तरमुत्कर्षः K. P.1; उत्तरोत्तरं वर्धते H.1.
    -उत्तरिन् a.
    1 ever-increasing.
    -2 one following the other.
    -ओष्ठः the upper lip (उत्तरो-रौ-ष्ठः). Vārt. on P.VI.1.94. ओत्वोष्ठयोस्समासे वा
    -काण्डम् the seventh book of the Rāmāyaṇa.
    -कायः the upper part of the body; तं वाहनादवनतोत्तरकायमीषत् R.9.6.
    -कालः 1 future time.
    -2 time calculated from one full moon to another.
    -कुरु (m. pl.) one of the nine divisions of the world, the country of the northern Kurus (said to be a country of eternal beatitude).
    -कोसलाः (m. pl.) the northern Kosalas; पितुरनन्तरमुत्तरकोसलान् R.9.1.
    -कोशला the city of Ayodhyā; यदुपतेः क्व गता मथुरा पुरी रघुपतेः क्व गतोत्तरकोशला ॥ Udb.
    -क्रिया funeral rites, obsequies.
    -खण्डम् the last section of book.
    -खण्डनम् refutation.
    -गीता N. of a section of the sixth book of the Mahābhārata.
    -ग्रन्थः supplement to a work.
    -च्छदः a bed-covering, covering (in general); शय्योत्तरच्छदविमर्द- कृशाङ्गरागम् R.5.65,17.21; नागचर्मोत्तरच्छदः Mb.
    - a. born subsequently or afterwards; चतुर्दश प्रथमजः पुनात्युत्तरजश्च षट् Y.1.59.
    -ज्या the versed sine of an arc (Wilson); the second half of the chord halved by the versed sine (B. and R.).
    -ज्योतिषाः (m. pl.) the northern Jyotiṣas.
    -ततिः f. Ectype (lit. subequent proceedings) उत्तरस्यां ततौ तत्प्रकृतित्वात् MS.1.4.25. शबर explains उत्तरस्यां ततौ as विकृतौ),
    -तन्त्रम् N. of a supplementary section in the medical work of Suśruta.
    -तापनीयम् N. of the second part of the नृसिंहतापनीयो- पनिषद्.
    -दायक a. replying, disobedient, pert, imperti- nent; दुष्टा भार्या शठं मित्रं भृत्याश्चोत्तरदायकाः H.2.11.
    -दिश् f. the north.
    ˚ईशः, -पालः 1 Kubera, the regent of the north.
    -2 the planet बुध. ˚बलिन्
    1 the planet Venus.
    -2 the moon.
    -देशः the country towards the north.
    -धेय a. to be done subsequently.
    -नारायणः the second part of the नारायणसूक्त or पुरुषसूक्त (Rv.1.9.).
    -पक्षः 1 the northern wing or side.
    -2 the dark half of a lunar month.
    -3 the second part of an argument, i. e. a reply, the reason pro. (opp. पूर्वपक्ष); प्रापयन् पवनव्याधेर्गिरमुत्तरपक्षताम् Śi.2.15.
    -4 a demonstrated truth or conclusion.
    -5 the minor proposition in a syllogism.
    -6 (in Mīm.) the fifth member of an Adhikaraṇa, q. v.
    -पटः 1 an upper garment.
    -2 a bed-covering (उत्तरच्छदः).
    -पथः the northern way, way leading to the north; the northern country; P.V.1 77. उत्तरपथेनाहृतं च.
    -पथिक a. travelling in the northern country.
    -पदम् 1 the last member of a compound.
    -2 a word that can be compounded with another.
    -पदिक, -पदकीय a. relating to, studying, or knowing the last word or term.
    -पर्वतकम् A variety of hides. Kāu. A.2.11.
    -पश्चार्धः the northwestern half.
    -पश्चिम a. northwestern. (
    -मः) the north-western country. (
    -मा) [उत्तरस्याः पश्चिमायाश्च दिशोन्तरालम्] the north-west; आलोकयन्नुत्तरपश्चिमेन Mb.12.335.8.
    -पादः the second division of a legal plaint, that part which relates to the reply or defence; पूर्वपक्षः स्मृतः पादो द्वितीयश्चोत्तरः स्मृतः । क्रियापादस्तृतीयः स्याच्चतुर्थो निर्णयः स्मृतः ॥
    -पुरस्तात् ind. north-eastward (with gen.).
    -पुराणम् N. of a Jaina work.
    -पुरुषः = उत्तमपुरुषः q. v.
    -पूर्व a. north-eastern. (
    -र्वा) the north-east.
    -प्रच्छदः a cover lid, quilt.
    -प्रत्युत्तरम् 1 a dispute, debate, a rejoinder, retort.
    -2 the pleadings in a law-suit.
    -फ (फा) ल्गुनी the twelfth lunar mansion consisting of two stars (having the figure of a bed).
    -भागः The second part.
    -भाद्रपद्, -दा 1 the 26 th lunar mansion consisting of two stars (figured by a couch).
    -2 N. of a plant (Mar. कडुनिंब).
    -मन्द्रा a loud but slow manner of singing. ˚मन्द्राद्या a. particular मूर्च्छना in music.
    -मात्रम् a mere reply.
    -मीमांसा the later Mīmāmsā, the Vedānta Philosophy, an inquiry into the nature of Brahman or Jñāna Kāṇḍa (distinguished from मीमांसा proper which is usually called पूर्वमीमांसा).
    -युगम् A particular measure (= 13 Aṅgulas).
    -रहित a. without a reply.
    -रामचरितम् -त्रम् N. of a celebrated drama by Bhavabhūti, which describes the later life of Rāma.
    -रूपम् The second of two combined vowels or consonants.
    -लक्षणम् the indication of an actual reply.
    -लोमन् a. having the hair turned upwards.
    -वयसम्, -स् n. old age, the declining period of life.
    -वरितः a kind of small syringe.
    -वल्ली f. N. of the second section of the काठकोपनिषद् when divided into two अध्यायs.
    -वस्त्रम्, -वासस् n. an upper garment, mantle, cloak; जग्राह तामुत्तरवस्त्रदेशे Mb.3.268. 24.
    -वादिन् m.
    1 a defendant, respondent; (Opp. पूर्ववादिन्.) साक्षिषूभयतः सत्मु साक्षिणः पूर्ववादिनः । पूर्वपक्षे$धरीभूते भवन्त्युत्तरवादिनः ॥ Y.2.17.
    -2 one whose claims are of later date than another's.
    -विद् -वेदन or
    वेदिन् An elephant sensitive to slight stimuli (Mātaṅga L.1.29; 9.39).
    -वीथिः f. The northern orbit; Bṛi. S.
    -वेदिः 1 the northern altar made for the sacred fire.
    -2 N. of a Tīrtha near the कुरुक्षेत्र.
    -सक्थम् the left thigh.
    -संझित a. denoted or named in reply (as a witness). (
    -तः) hearsay-witness.
    -साक्षिन् m.
    1 a witness for the defence.
    -2 a witness deposing to facts from the reports of others.
    -साधक a.
    1 finishing what remains or follows, assisting at a ceremony.
    -2 who or what proves a reply. (
    -कः) an assistant, helper
    -हनुः Ved. the upper jaw-bone.
    2
    उत्तर a.
    1 Crossing over.
    -2 To be crossed over, as in दुरुत्तर.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > उत्तर _uttara

  • 13 le

    le [lə]
    ━━━━━━━━━
    ━━━━━━━━━
    , la [la]
    ━━━━━━━━━
    ━━━━━━━━━
    1. <
    ━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━
    à + le = au, à + les = aux, de + le = du, de + les = des
    ━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━
       a. the
       b. ( = par) a
    50 € le mètre 50 euros a metre
    50 € le litre 50 euros a litre
       c. (fraction) a
       d. (dans les généralisations, avec les noms non comptables)
    ━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━
    ► L'article défini français n'est pas traduit en anglais dans les généralisations, avec les noms non comptables et dans certaines expressions de temps.
    ━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━
       e. (possession)
    ━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━
    ► Lorsque l'article se réfère à une partie du corps d'une personne définie, il se traduit généralement par le possessif, sauf après to have.
    ━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━
    2. <
    ━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━
    ► L'anglais utilise it et non him ou her pour parler d'objets.
    ━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━
       a. (objet direct) ( = chose, animal dont on ignore le sexe) it ; ( = homme, enfant ou animal mâle) him ; ( = femme, enfant ou animal femelle) her
    une araignée ! tue-la ! a spider! kill it!
    je te prête cette robe, mets-la pour aller à la fête I'll lend you this dress, you can wear it to the party
    voilà Jean, regarde-le, il est en pyjama there's Jean, look at him, he's in his pyjamas
       b. ( = cela) it
    il était ministre, il ne l'est plus he used to be a minister but he isn't any longer
       c. ► les them
    appelle-les ! call them!
    * * *

    1.
    la (l' before vowel or mute h), pl les lə, la, l, lɛ article défini

    la jupe/fille de ma sœur — my sister's skirt/daughter

    l'homme préhistorique/de Cro-Magnon — prehistoric/Cro-Magnon man

    la Saint-Michel — St. Michael's day

    7) (pour donner un prix, une fréquence etc) a, an

    2.
    pronom personnel

    je ne le/la/les comprends pas — I don't understand him/her/them


    3.
    pronom neutre

    si je ne le fais pas, qui le fera? — if I don't do it, who will?

    je le croyais aussi, mais... — I thought so too, but...

    si c'est lui qui le dit... — if he says so...

    ‘ils auront fini demain’ - ‘espérons-le!’ — ‘they'll have finished tomorrow’ - ‘let's hope so!’

    2) ( attribut)

    ‘est-elle satisfaite?’ - ‘je ne crois pas qu'elle le soit’ — ‘is she satisfied?’ - ‘I don't think so’


    ••
    le, la, les article défini se traduit par the (invariable) quand le nom qu'il précède est déterminé par un contexte supposé connu de l'interlocuteur: passe-moi le sel = pass me the salt; le déjeuner d'anniversaire = the birthday lunch; le courage de faire = the courage to do
    Il ne se traduit pas quand ce nom exprime une généralité ou que son contexte est indéterminé: le sel de mer = sea salt; pendant le déjeuner = during lunch; le courage seul ne suffit pas = courage alone isn't enough
    - the se prononce ðə devant consonne et h aspiré, ðɪ devant voyelle et h muet (hour, honest, honour [BrE], heir), et ði: quand il est employé de manière emphatique pour indiquer l'excellence (comme le en français dans c'est le poète de la liberté)
    - Sont traités ci-dessous les cas où l'article se traduit différemment de the, ou ne se traduit pas, ou se rend par une structure particulière, à l'exclusion de ceux qui sont développés dans les notes d'usage répertoriées, notamment celles concernant les jours de la semaine, maladies, jeux, nationalités, langues, pays, nombres, titres etc
    - Dans la composition du superlatif, l'anglais ne répète pas l'article: l'homme le plus riche/intelligent du monde = the richest/most intelligent man in the world
    - Les noms de plat sur un menu ne prennent pas d'article: le steak au poivre vert = steak with green peppercorns
    - Il n'y a pas d'article après whose: les enfants dont la mère... = the children whose mother...
    - L'article se traduit avec les noms d'inventions: la charrue = the plough GB ou plow US; l'ordinateur = the computer, voir également la note
    - Noter: la Terre est ronde = the earth is round mais sur la planète Terre = on planet Earth et au contraire de la Terre, Mars... = unlike Earth, Mars...
    Le pronom personnel se traduit selon le genre et le nombre de l'antécédent en anglais: him pour représenter une personne de sexe masculin, un animal familier mâle; her pour une personne de sexe féminin, un animal familier femelle, un bateau, un véhicule qu'on aime bien ou dont on parle avec ironie; it pour une chose, un concept, un pays, une institution, un animal; them pour un antécédent pluriel
    * * *
    l la (la) l' (devant un nom commençant par une voyelle ou un h muet) les pl
    1. art déf
    1) the

    Je déteste la violence. — I hate violence.

    Évitez de vous laver le visage avec du savon. — Avoid washing your face with soap.

    4) (moment, date)

    le jeudi (d'habitude) — on Thursdays, (= ce jeudi-là) on Thursday

    Nous venons le 3 décembre. — We're coming on 3 December.

    Il est arrivé le douze mai. — He arrived on 12 May.

    5)
    2. pron
    1) (masculin) him, (féminin) her, (pluriel) them

    Je le vois. — I can see him.

    Je la vois. — I can see her.

    Je les vois. — I can see them.

    Daniel est un vieil ami: je le connais depuis plus de vingt ans. — Daniel is an old friend: I've known him for over 20 years.

    C'est une femme intelligente: je l'admire beaucoup. — She's an intelligent woman: I admire her very much.

    La chatte miaule, je vais la nourrir. — The cat's miaowing, I'll go and feed her.

    Je les envie. — I envy them.

    2) (chose, abstraction, animal dont on ignore le sexe) (singulier) it, (pluriel) them

    C'est une bonne émission: je la regarde toutes les semaines. — It's a good programme: I watch it every week.

    Où est mon stylo? Je ne le trouve plus. — Where's my pen? I can't find it.

    "Où est le fromage?" - - "Je l'ai mis au frigo." — "Where's the cheese?" - - "I've put it in the fridge."

    Un lézard! Je vais le prendre en photo. — A lizard! I'll take a photo of it.

    Tes lunettes? Je les vois. — Your glasses? I can see them.

    Je ne le savais pas. — I didn't know.

    Il était riche et ne l'est plus. — He was once rich but no longer is.

    * * *
    le ⇒ Note d'usage, la (l' before vowel or mute h), pl les
    A art déf
    1 ( avec complément de nom) la jupe/fille de ma sœur my sister's skirt/daughter; les chapitres du livre the chapters of the book; la table de la cuisine the kitchen table;
    2 ( en parlant d'une personne) il est arrivé les mains dans les poches he came with his hands in his pockets; elle s'est cogné le bras she banged her arm; elle m'a pris par le bras she took me by the arm; elle a reçu une tomate dans l'œil a tomato hit her in the eye;
    3 ( avec un nom d'espèce) l'homme préhistorique/de Cro-Magnon prehistoric/Cro-Magnon man; l'araignée n'est pas un insecte spiders are not insects, the spider isn't an insect; les droits de l'enfant children's rights; elle aime les chevaux she likes horses;
    4 ( avec un nom propre) les Dupont the Duponts; les Newton, Einstein et autres génies the Newtons, Einsteins and other geniuses; la Marion ( femme) Marion; la Fleurette (vache, jument) old Fleurette; Le Caravage Caravaggio; la Caballé Caballé; la Noël Christmas; la Saint-Michel St. Michael's day; le roi Olaf King Olaf; j'ai acheté le Cézanne/la Volvo® I bought the Cézanne/the Volvo®;
    5 ( avec un adjectif) je prendrai la bleue/la plus foncée I'll take the blue one/the darkest one; le ridicule de cette affaire what is ridiculous about this matter; les pauvres the poor; Pierre le Grand Peter the Great;
    6 ( avec préposition et nombre) arriver sur or vers les 11 heures to arrive about 11 o'clock; coûter dans les 20 euros to cost about 20 euros; il doit avoir dans la cinquantaine he must be about fifty;
    7 (pour donner un prix, une fréquence etc) a, an; 5 euros le kilo/la douzaine 5 euros a kilo/a dozen; trois fois la semaine/l'an three times a week/a year;
    8 ( dans les exclamations) l'imbécile! the fool!; ah, l'imbécile! what a fool!; la pauvre! the poor thing!; la méchante! the naughty girl!; (oh) la jolie robe! what a pretty dress!
    B pron pers je ne le/la/les comprends pas I don't understand him/her/them.
    C pron neutre
    1 ( complément) je le savais ( je suis au courant) I knew; ( j'aurais dû m'en douter) I knew it; je ne veux pas le savoir I don't want to know (about it); si je ne le fais pas, qui le fera? if I don't do it, who will?; je le croyais aussi, mais… I thought so too, but…; si c'est lui qui le dit… if HE says so…; tu vois, je te l'avais dit! you see, I told you so!; je te l'avais bien dit qu'il avait tort I did tell you that he was wrong; ‘ils auront fini demain’-‘espérons-le!’ ‘they'll have finished tomorrow’-‘let's hope so!’; comme tu peux bien l'imaginer, le train avait du retard as you can well imagine, the train was late;
    2 ( attribut) ‘est-elle satisfaite?’-‘je ne crois pas qu'elle le soit’ ‘is she satisfied?’-‘I don't think she is’ ou ‘I don't think so’; le jardin n'était pas entretenu, maintenant il l'est the garden GB ou yard US wasn't tidy, now it is.
    [lə] (devant voyelle ou 'h' muet l' [l], féminin la [la], pluriel les [le]) déterminant (article défini)
    1. [avec un nom commun] the
    2. [dans le temps]
    [devant une date]
    le 15 janvier 1991 15 January, 1991
    3. [dans les fractions] a, an
    le quart/tiers de a quarter/third of
    4. [avec un sens distributif]
    5. [avec valeur d'adjectif démonstratif]
    6. [avec une valeur expressive] what an ou a
    alors, les amis, comment ça va? well, folks, how are you?
    7. [avec valeur d'adjectif possessif]
    le chapeau sur la tête her/his etc. hat on his/her etc. head
    8. [avec une valeur généralisante]
    le cheval, comme d'autres mammifères... the horse ou horses, like other mammals...
    9. [marquant l'approximation]
    vers les 4 h about ou around 4 o'clock
    10. [avec un nom propre] the
    les Bourbons, les Stuarts the Bourbons, the Stuarts
    ————————
    [lə] (devant voyelle ou 'h' muet l' [l], féminin la [la], pluriel les [le]) pronom personnel
    1. [complément d'objet - homme] him ; [ - femme, nation, bateau] her ; [ - chose, animal] it ; [ - bébé, animal domestique] him, her, it
    ce bordeaux, je l'ai déjà goûté I've already tasted this ou that Bordeaux
    il l'a probablement oublié, ton livre he's probably forgotten your book ou that book of yours
    2. [représentant une proposition]
    elle est partie hier soir, du moins je l'ai entendu dire she left last night, at least that's what I've heard
    allez, dis-le-lui go on, tell him (about it)
    3. [comme attribut]
    pour être timide, ça, il l'est! boy, is he shy!, talk about shy!

    Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > le

  • 14

    le [lə]
    ━━━━━━━━━
    ━━━━━━━━━
    , la [la]
    ━━━━━━━━━
    ━━━━━━━━━
    1. <
    ━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━
    à + le = au, à + les = aux, de + le = du, de + les = des
    ━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━
       a. the
       b. ( = par) a
    50 € le mètre 50 euros a metre
    50 € le litre 50 euros a litre
       c. (fraction) a
       d. (dans les généralisations, avec les noms non comptables)
    ━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━
    ► L'article défini français n'est pas traduit en anglais dans les généralisations, avec les noms non comptables et dans certaines expressions de temps.
    ━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━
       e. (possession)
    ━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━
    ► Lorsque l'article se réfère à une partie du corps d'une personne définie, il se traduit généralement par le possessif, sauf après to have.
    ━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━
    2. <
    ━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━
    ► L'anglais utilise it et non him ou her pour parler d'objets.
    ━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━
       a. (objet direct) ( = chose, animal dont on ignore le sexe) it ; ( = homme, enfant ou animal mâle) him ; ( = femme, enfant ou animal femelle) her
    une araignée ! tue-la ! a spider! kill it!
    je te prête cette robe, mets-la pour aller à la fête I'll lend you this dress, you can wear it to the party
    voilà Jean, regarde-le, il est en pyjama there's Jean, look at him, he's in his pyjamas
       b. ( = cela) it
    il était ministre, il ne l'est plus he used to be a minister but he isn't any longer
       c. ► les them
    appelle-les ! call them!
    * * *

    1.
    la (l' before vowel or mute h), pl les lə, la, l, lɛ article défini

    la jupe/fille de ma sœur — my sister's skirt/daughter

    l'homme préhistorique/de Cro-Magnon — prehistoric/Cro-Magnon man

    la Saint-Michel — St. Michael's day

    7) (pour donner un prix, une fréquence etc) a, an

    2.
    pronom personnel

    je ne le/la/les comprends pas — I don't understand him/her/them


    3.
    pronom neutre

    si je ne le fais pas, qui le fera? — if I don't do it, who will?

    je le croyais aussi, mais... — I thought so too, but...

    si c'est lui qui le dit... — if he says so...

    ‘ils auront fini demain’ - ‘espérons-le!’ — ‘they'll have finished tomorrow’ - ‘let's hope so!’

    2) ( attribut)

    ‘est-elle satisfaite?’ - ‘je ne crois pas qu'elle le soit’ — ‘is she satisfied?’ - ‘I don't think so’


    ••
    le, la, les article défini se traduit par the (invariable) quand le nom qu'il précède est déterminé par un contexte supposé connu de l'interlocuteur: passe-moi le sel = pass me the salt; le déjeuner d'anniversaire = the birthday lunch; le courage de faire = the courage to do
    Il ne se traduit pas quand ce nom exprime une généralité ou que son contexte est indéterminé: le sel de mer = sea salt; pendant le déjeuner = during lunch; le courage seul ne suffit pas = courage alone isn't enough
    - the se prononce ðə devant consonne et h aspiré, ðɪ devant voyelle et h muet (hour, honest, honour [BrE], heir), et ði: quand il est employé de manière emphatique pour indiquer l'excellence (comme le en français dans c'est le poète de la liberté)
    - Sont traités ci-dessous les cas où l'article se traduit différemment de the, ou ne se traduit pas, ou se rend par une structure particulière, à l'exclusion de ceux qui sont développés dans les notes d'usage répertoriées, notamment celles concernant les jours de la semaine, maladies, jeux, nationalités, langues, pays, nombres, titres etc
    - Dans la composition du superlatif, l'anglais ne répète pas l'article: l'homme le plus riche/intelligent du monde = the richest/most intelligent man in the world
    - Les noms de plat sur un menu ne prennent pas d'article: le steak au poivre vert = steak with green peppercorns
    - Il n'y a pas d'article après whose: les enfants dont la mère... = the children whose mother...
    - L'article se traduit avec les noms d'inventions: la charrue = the plough GB ou plow US; l'ordinateur = the computer, voir également la note
    - Noter: la Terre est ronde = the earth is round mais sur la planète Terre = on planet Earth et au contraire de la Terre, Mars... = unlike Earth, Mars...
    Le pronom personnel se traduit selon le genre et le nombre de l'antécédent en anglais: him pour représenter une personne de sexe masculin, un animal familier mâle; her pour une personne de sexe féminin, un animal familier femelle, un bateau, un véhicule qu'on aime bien ou dont on parle avec ironie; it pour une chose, un concept, un pays, une institution, un animal; them pour un antécédent pluriel
    * * *
    l la (la) l' (devant un nom commençant par une voyelle ou un h muet) les pl
    1. art déf
    1) the

    Je déteste la violence. — I hate violence.

    Évitez de vous laver le visage avec du savon. — Avoid washing your face with soap.

    4) (moment, date)

    le jeudi (d'habitude) — on Thursdays, (= ce jeudi-là) on Thursday

    Nous venons le 3 décembre. — We're coming on 3 December.

    Il est arrivé le douze mai. — He arrived on 12 May.

    5)
    2. pron
    1) (masculin) him, (féminin) her, (pluriel) them

    Je le vois. — I can see him.

    Je la vois. — I can see her.

    Je les vois. — I can see them.

    Daniel est un vieil ami: je le connais depuis plus de vingt ans. — Daniel is an old friend: I've known him for over 20 years.

    C'est une femme intelligente: je l'admire beaucoup. — She's an intelligent woman: I admire her very much.

    La chatte miaule, je vais la nourrir. — The cat's miaowing, I'll go and feed her.

    Je les envie. — I envy them.

    2) (chose, abstraction, animal dont on ignore le sexe) (singulier) it, (pluriel) them

    C'est une bonne émission: je la regarde toutes les semaines. — It's a good programme: I watch it every week.

    Où est mon stylo? Je ne le trouve plus. — Where's my pen? I can't find it.

    "Où est le fromage?" - - "Je l'ai mis au frigo." — "Where's the cheese?" - - "I've put it in the fridge."

    Un lézard! Je vais le prendre en photo. — A lizard! I'll take a photo of it.

    Tes lunettes? Je les vois. — Your glasses? I can see them.

    Je ne le savais pas. — I didn't know.

    Il était riche et ne l'est plus. — He was once rich but no longer is.

    * * *
    le ⇒ Note d'usage, la (l' before vowel or mute h), pl les
    A art déf
    1 ( avec complément de nom) la jupe/fille de ma sœur my sister's skirt/daughter; les chapitres du livre the chapters of the book; la table de la cuisine the kitchen table;
    2 ( en parlant d'une personne) il est arrivé les mains dans les poches he came with his hands in his pockets; elle s'est cogné le bras she banged her arm; elle m'a pris par le bras she took me by the arm; elle a reçu une tomate dans l'œil a tomato hit her in the eye;
    3 ( avec un nom d'espèce) l'homme préhistorique/de Cro-Magnon prehistoric/Cro-Magnon man; l'araignée n'est pas un insecte spiders are not insects, the spider isn't an insect; les droits de l'enfant children's rights; elle aime les chevaux she likes horses;
    4 ( avec un nom propre) les Dupont the Duponts; les Newton, Einstein et autres génies the Newtons, Einsteins and other geniuses; la Marion ( femme) Marion; la Fleurette (vache, jument) old Fleurette; Le Caravage Caravaggio; la Caballé Caballé; la Noël Christmas; la Saint-Michel St. Michael's day; le roi Olaf King Olaf; j'ai acheté le Cézanne/la Volvo® I bought the Cézanne/the Volvo®;
    5 ( avec un adjectif) je prendrai la bleue/la plus foncée I'll take the blue one/the darkest one; le ridicule de cette affaire what is ridiculous about this matter; les pauvres the poor; Pierre le Grand Peter the Great;
    6 ( avec préposition et nombre) arriver sur or vers les 11 heures to arrive about 11 o'clock; coûter dans les 20 euros to cost about 20 euros; il doit avoir dans la cinquantaine he must be about fifty;
    7 (pour donner un prix, une fréquence etc) a, an; 5 euros le kilo/la douzaine 5 euros a kilo/a dozen; trois fois la semaine/l'an three times a week/a year;
    8 ( dans les exclamations) l'imbécile! the fool!; ah, l'imbécile! what a fool!; la pauvre! the poor thing!; la méchante! the naughty girl!; (oh) la jolie robe! what a pretty dress!
    B pron pers je ne le/la/les comprends pas I don't understand him/her/them.
    C pron neutre
    1 ( complément) je le savais ( je suis au courant) I knew; ( j'aurais dû m'en douter) I knew it; je ne veux pas le savoir I don't want to know (about it); si je ne le fais pas, qui le fera? if I don't do it, who will?; je le croyais aussi, mais… I thought so too, but…; si c'est lui qui le dit… if HE says so…; tu vois, je te l'avais dit! you see, I told you so!; je te l'avais bien dit qu'il avait tort I did tell you that he was wrong; ‘ils auront fini demain’-‘espérons-le!’ ‘they'll have finished tomorrow’-‘let's hope so!’; comme tu peux bien l'imaginer, le train avait du retard as you can well imagine, the train was late;
    2 ( attribut) ‘est-elle satisfaite?’-‘je ne crois pas qu'elle le soit’ ‘is she satisfied?’-‘I don't think she is’ ou ‘I don't think so’; le jardin n'était pas entretenu, maintenant il l'est the garden GB ou yard US wasn't tidy, now it is.
    [le] nom masculin
    1. [d'un tissu, d'un papier peint] width
    2. [d'une jupe] gore

    Dictionnaire Français-Anglais >

  • 15 unico

    (pl -ci) only
    ( senza uguali) unique
    moneta f unica single currency
    * * *
    unico agg.
    1 only, one; ( solo, esclusivo) sole: è figlio unico, he is an only child; è il mio unico amico, he is my only friend; questa è l'unica cosa che potrei fare, this is the one (o only) thing I could do; siamo gli unici a saperlo, we are the only people that know it; l'unica copia in vendita, the only copy on sale; prezzo unico, one price; pagare in un'unica somma, to pay in one amount; la mia unica speranza, my only hope; il mio solo e unico desiderio, my one and only wish; la sua unica ragione, his sole reason; unico agente, concessionario, rappresentante, sole agent, grantee, representative; unico erede, sole (o only) heir; giudice unico, sole judge; esemplare unico, only copy extant; modello unico, exclusive model // strada a senso unico, one-way road (o street) // fare un fronte unico, to present a united front // l'unica ( cosa) è dirgli la verità, the only thing to do is to tell him the truth; bisognerà assumere altre persone, è l'unica cosa da fare, the only thing to do is to take on more staff
    2 ( singolo) single: binario unico, single track; numero unico, ( di pubblicazione) single issue; una strada con un'unica corsia, a road with a single lane
    3 ( senza uguale) unique, unequalled: è unico nel leggere Shakespeare, his reading of Shakespeare is unequalled; questo libro è unico nel suo genere, this book is unique of its kind // sei unico!, there's no one like you! // è una cosa più unica che rara, it's rare to the point of being unique
    s.m. only one: è l'unico che abbiamo, it's the only one we have; sei l'unico a pensarla così, you are the only one to see it like that.
    * * *
    ['uniko] unico -a, -ci, -che
    1. agg
    1) (solo) only, (esclusivo) sole

    la mia unica speranza è che... — my one o only hope is that...

    numero unico (di giornale) special issue

    2) (eccezionale) unique

    unico al mondo — absolutely unique, the only one of its kind in the world

    2. sm/f
    3. sf

    l'unica è aspettare — the only thing to do is to wait, all we can do is wait

    * * *
    1.
    pl. -ci, - che ['uniko, tʃi, ke] aggettivo
    1) (il solo) only, one, sole

    l'-a cosa che vuole è... — the one o only thing he wants is

    2) (uno solo) single
    3) (senza pari) [abilità, persona] unique; [ saggezza] unparalleled; [ occasione] exclusive
    4) comm. [concessionario, modello] exclusive
    5) aut.

    a senso unico — [strada, traffico] one-way; fig. [amicizia, conversazione] one-way, one-sided

    2.
    sostantivo maschile (f. -a)
    1)

    l'-a è andarci direttamentethe only solution o thing to do is to go there directly

    ••
    * * *
    unico
    pl. -ci, - che /'uniko, t∫i, ke/
     1 (il solo) only, one, sole; figlio unico only child; è l'unico modo it's the only way; il suo unico vizio her one vice; l'-a cosa che vuole è... the one o only thing he wants is...
     2 (uno solo) single; in un unico giorno in a single day; binario unico single track
     3 (senza pari) [abilità, persona] unique; [ saggezza] unparalleled; [ occasione] exclusive; essere unico to stand alone; è un esemplare unico nel suo genere this is one of a kind
     4 comm. [concessionario, modello] exclusive
     5 aut. a senso unico [strada, traffico] one-way; fig. [amicizia, conversazione] one-way, one-sided
     (f. -a)
     1 l'unico rimasto the only one left; siamo gli -ci a saperlo we're the only people who know
     2 (in espressioni ellittiche) è l'-a! it's the only solution! l'-a è andarci direttamente the only solution o thing to do is to go there directly
    essere più unico che raro to be in a class of one's own o by oneself.

    Dizionario Italiano-Inglese > unico

  • 16 ♦ right

    ♦ right (1) /raɪt/
    a.
    1 giusto; esatto: The right answer is yes, la risposta giusta (o esatta) è sì; What is the right time?, qual è l'ora esatta?; That's right!, giusto! (o esatto!); Let me get this right: you want to leave school and find a job?, fammi capire bene: vuoi lasciare la scuola e trovarti un lavoro?; Is this the right train for Chester?, è il treno giusto per Chester, questo?; Is this the right way for Oxford Circus?, è giusto di qua per Oxford Circus? NOTA D'USO: - ragione-
    2 giusto; corretto ( moralmente): It is not right of you to blame her, non è giusto che tu dia la colpa a lei; You did the right thing by telling her the truth, hai fatto bene a dirle la verità; It's ( only) right to let him know, è (più che) giusto farglielo sapere; It is ( only) right that they should pay for it, è (più che) giusto che paghino per questo
    3 ( di persona) che ha ragione; che fa bene: You were right in refusing his offer, hai fatto bene a rifiutare la sua offerta; You were right about him, avevi ragione sul suo conto; Time will prove me right, il tempo mi darà ragione
    4 a posto; normale: I don't feel right, non mi sento bene; She doesn't look quite right, non sembra che stia molto bene; Something's not right here, c'è qualcosa che non va qui; She had a Caesarean because the baby wasn't in the right position, ha avuto un cesareo perché il bambino non era nella posizione giusta; to put sb. right, rimettere in sesto: Five days' rest will put you right, cinque giorni di riposo ti rimetteranno in salute; Put the clock right!, metti l'orologio all'ora giusta!
    5 destro; di destra: Show me your right hand, mostrami la mano destra; a right glove, un guanto destro; the right side of the house, il lato destro della casa; ( boxe) a right hook, un gancio destro; «No right turn» ( cartello), «divieto di svolta a destra»
    6 giusto; adatto: This is the right time to tell him, questo è il momento giusto per dirglielo; at the right moment, al momento giusto (o opportuno); He is the right man in the right place, è l'uomo giusto al posto giusto; She's not right for you, lei non fa per te; He knows the right people, conosce le persone giuste (o la gente che conta)
    7 (fam., ingl.) vero; vero e proprio: He's a right idiot, è un vero idiota; a right fool, un perfetto stupido; DIALOGO → - Building work- The house is in a right mess, la casa è nel caos totale
    ● (mecc.) right-and-left screw, vite con filettatura doppia □ ( sport) a right-and-left shot, una doppietta ( due fucilate dalle due canne) □ (geom.) right angle, angolo retto □ a right-angled bend, una curva ad angolo retto □ (geom.) a right-angled triangle, un triangolo rettangolo □ (fig.) to give one's right arm, dare qualsiasi cosa: I'd give my right arm to marry her, darei qualsiasi cosa pur di sposarla □ (fam.) (as) right as rain, che sta benissimo; in perfetta salute □ ( calcio, ecc.) right back, terzino destro □ ( rugby) right centre, trequarti centrodestra ( giocatore) □ (comput.) right click, clic destro ( del mouse) □ ( baseball) right fielder, esterno destro □ right foot, piede destro; ( sport) destro □ ( calcio, ecc.) right-foot, di destro: a right-foot cross, un cross di destro □ right-footed, di destro; ( di un giocatore) che usa (solo) il piede destro □ ( sport) right footer, chi calcia di destro; ( calcio, ecc.) destro (il tiro) □ ( calcio, ecc.) right half (o halfback), mediano (o laterale) destro □ at (o on, to) one's right hand, alla propria destra, a destra □ to be at sb. 's right hand, essere alla destra di q.; (fig.) essere il braccio destro di q. right-hand, destro, (che sta) a destra, di destra: the right-hand side of the canal, il lato destro del canale; a right-hand bend, una curva a destra; (autom.) right-hand drive (o steering) guida a destra; (fig.) the right-hand man, il braccio destro (di q.); right-hand screw, vite destrorsa; vite con la filettatura destra; ( calcio, ecc.) the right-hand post, il palo di destra ( della porta) □ right-handed, destrimano, che usa la mano destra; ( di un colpo, lancio, ecc.) di destro; (tecn.) destrorso, in senso orario; ( slang USA) eterosessuale: a right-handed blow, un colpo con la destra; ( boxe) un destro □ (mat.) right-handed system, sistema di riferimento destrorso □ right-handed rotation, rotazione in senso orario □ right-handedness, l'essere destrimano, uso della mano destra □ right-hander, destrimano, persona che si serve della mano destra; ( boxe) pugile che porta i colpi col destro; ( anche) destro ( pugno) □ the right heir, l'erede legittimo □ (fam.) not right in the (o in one's) head, non sano di mente; che non ha la testa a posto (fam.) □ (fin.) rights issue, emissione (di azioni) riservata agli azionisti □ (geom.) right-lined, rettilineo □ ( calcio, ecc.) right midfield, settore destro del centrocampo □ ( calcio) right midfielder, centrocampista di destra □ right-minded, equanime; onesto; giusto; ragionevole; retto □ right-mindedness, equanimità; onestà □ (polit.) right-of-centre, di centrodestra □ (fin.) rights offering = rights issue ► sopra □ (fam.) right on, sinistroide; ( USA) giusto, esatto: a right-on journalist, un giornalista sinistroide; She's very right on, si atteggia a intellettuale di sinistra □ (comput.) right shift, scorrimento a destra □ the right side, il verso giusto; il diritto ( di una stoffa, ecc.) □ right side out, al diritto: Your jumper isn't right side out, il tuo golf non è al diritto □ right side up, dritto; non capovolto; a testa in su: In the canal beside the road, right side up, rested a car, nel canale accanto alla strada c'era, dritta, un'auto □ right-thinking, assennato; giudizioso □ ( USA) right triangle = right-angled triangle ► sopra □ right wing, ala destra ( di un esercito, di un partito, ecc.); ( sport: calcio, hockey, ecc.) ala destra, fascia destra ( la posizione); ala destra ( il giocatore); ( rugby) trequarti ala destra □ (polit.) right-wing, di destra; destrorso (spreg.): right-wing extremist, estremista di destra □ right-winger, (polit.) uomo di destra; destrorso (spreg.); ( sport) ala destra ( il giocatore) □ all right, d'accordo; bene ( anche di salute): Is he feeling all right now?, sta bene ora? □ All right!, benissimo! □ not to be in one's right mind (o right senses), non essere sano di mente; non avere la testa a posto □ (fig.) to get on the right side of sb., ingraziarsi q. to keep on the right side of the law, rispettare la legge □ (fam.) Mr Right, l'uomo giusto ( per una donna); (il mio, tuo, ecc.) «lui» □ (fam.) Miss Right, la donna giusta ( per un uomo); (la mia, tua, ecc.) «lei» □ to be on the right side of fifty, essere al di sotto della cinquantina; avere meno di 50 anni □ to set right = to put right ► sopra □ to set (o to put) oneself right with sb., giustificarsi, spiegarsi con q. to stay on the right side of sb., tenersi buono q.Right you are!, (fam.) Right oh!righto □ «Thank you!» «That's all right!», «grazie!» «figurati! (o non c'è di che!)» □ All's right with the world, tutto va nel migliore dei modi.
    ♦ right (2) /raɪt/
    n.
    1 [u] (il) giusto; (il) bene: to know right from wrong, distinguere il bene dal male; right and wrong, il bene e il male; ciò che è giusto e ciò che è sbagliato; to be in the right, essere nel giusto; aver ragione
    2 (leg.) diritto; rights and duties, diritti e doveri; He has no right to bully you like that, non ha il diritto di fare il prepotente con te in questo modo; by right (o as of right) di diritto; I am claiming back what was mine by right, chiedo che mi sia restituito quello che era mio di diritto; by right of, per diritto di; What gives you the right to judge me?, che cosa ti dà il diritto di giudicarmi?; legal rights, diritti riconosciuti dalla legge; constitutional rights, diritti costituzionali; equal rights, pari diritti; inalienable rights, diritti inalienabili; the right to work, il diritto al lavoro; right of access, diritto di passaggio; right of association, diritto di associazione; to have a right [every right] to do st., avere il diritto [tutto il diritto] di fare qc.; Rights Management ServicesRMS®; to assert (o to stand on) one's rights, difendere i propri diritti; to exercise one's rights, esercitare i propri diritti; to renounce (o to waive) a right, rinunciare a un diritto
    3 [u] lato destro; (la) destra; (la) mano destra: to keep to the right, tenere la destra; to turn to the right, svoltare a destra; I parked my car on the right of the street, ho parcheggiato sul lato destro della strada; The woman on his right is his wife, la donna alla sua destra è sua moglie
    4 svolta a destra: to take [o make] a right, svoltare a destra
    5 (pl., leg.) diritti ( di opera): the rights to a book, i diritti su un libro
    6 ( boxe) destro: a beautiful right, un bel destro; a straight right, un diretto destro
    7 (mil.) ala destra; fianco destro
    8 (polit.) destra: The voters have moved to the right, l'elettorato si è spostato a destra; the Right, la destra; a member of the Right, un esponente della destra; ( USA) the New Right, la nuova destra; the extreme (o far) right, l'estrema destra
    ● ( boxe) a right-and-left, un destro doppiato da un sinistro □ (fam.) the right to hire and fire, il diritto di assumere e di licenziare □ (leg.) right in action, diritto immateriale □ (leg.) right in personam, diritto di credito □ (leg.) right in rem, diritto materiale □ (leg.) right of action, diritto di agire in giudizio □ (leg.) right of common, diritto di far uso di un terreno della comunità □ (leg.) right of pre-emption, diritto di prelazione □ (leg.) right of redemption, diritto di riscatto □ (leg.) right of search, diritto di perquisizione ( di una nave in alto mare) □ right of way, (autom.) (diritto di) precedenza; (leg.) diritto (o servitù) di passaggio □ right-to-life, (polit., di un movimento, ecc.) per il diritto alla vita; antiabortista □ right-to-lifer, (polit.) antiabortista; sostenitore del diritto alla vita □ by rights, secondo giustizia; per essere giusti: By rights, he should have won the race, sarebbe stato giusto che vincesse lui la corsa □ to do right by sb., render giustizia a q. in one's own right, di diritto; per diritto di nascita; (fig.) per i propri meriti □ to be within one's rights ( to do st.) –: You are within your rights to ask for a refund, è legittimo da parte tua chiedere un rimborso □ to set (o to put) st. to rights, sistemare qc.; mettere a posto qc.: He'll put the country to rights, rimetterà a posto il Paese □ to set (o to put) sb. to rights, rimettere in sesto q.to take the first [second, ecc.] right, prendere la prima [la seconda, ecc.] a destra □ women's rights, i diritti delle donne.
    ♦ right (3) /raɪt/
    avv.
    1 esattamente; proprio: Put it right in the middle, mettilo esattamente nel centro (o proprio nel mezzo); right here, proprio qui; You're right on time, sei puntualissimo
    2 bene; correttamente: Everything seems to go right with him, sembra che tutto gli vada bene; If I remember right, se ben ricordo; You did right to tell me, hai fatto bene a dirmelo; to guess right, indovinare; He guessed right the first time, ha indovinato subito
    3 a destra ( anche polit.); a dritta (lett. o naut.): to turn [to look] right, girare [guardare] a destra
    4 immediatamente; subito: DIALOGO → - Ordering food 1- I'll be right back, torno subito; I'm going right home, vado dritto a casa; right after [before], subito dopo [prima]; I'll be right with you, sono subito da Lei
    5 completamente; del tutto: He turned right around, si è girato completamente; It put me right off my food, mi ha fatto passare del tutto l'appetito; right through [up, down, ecc.] The bullet went right through his arm, la pallottola gli ha attraversato il braccio da una parte all'altra; The cafeteria is right down the stairs, il bar è proprio in fondo alle scale
    6 rettamente; onestamente: to act right, agire rettamente; to live right, vivere onestamente
    7 (antiq.) molto; proprio: I'm right glad to see you, sono proprio contento di vederti
    right along = right on ► sotto □ right and left, a destra e a sinistra; a destra e a manca; da tutte le parti □ right away, immediatamente □ (fam.) right-down clever, bravissimo □ (fam.) a right-down rascal, un furfante matricolato □ right enough, certo; effettivamente □ Right Honourablehonourable □ right, left and centre = right and left ► sopra □ right now, proprio adesso; immediatamente: What are you doing right now?, cosa stai facendo in questo preciso momento?; Come here right now!, vieni qui subito! □ (fam.) right off (o right off the bat), subito; immediatamente; per primo □ right on, senza interruzione; continuamente □ right or wrong, a ragione o a torto □ ( di vescovo) Right Reverend, reverendissimo □ it serves you [him, her, ecc.] right, ti [gli, le, ecc.] sta bene □ (mil.) Right turn!, fianco destr!; fronte a destr! □ Let me tell you right here that…, lascia che ti dica subito che…; ti dico subito che… □ ( USA) Come right in, avanti!; entra pure! □ ( di soldati in parata) Eyes right!, attenti a destr!
    ♦ right (4) /raɪt/
    inter.
    1 (all'inizio di una frase) bene; allora: Right! let's start again!, bene, ricominciamo
    2 (= all right) (va) bene; d'accordo; (iron.) come no?: «Come tomorrow» «Right! What time?» «Vieni domani» «Bene! a che ora?»; «I told you the truth» «Yeah, right! You really expect me to believe that?», «ti ho detto la verità» «sì, come no? ti aspetti davvero che io ci creda?»
    3 giusto; vero: I think we all agree about it, right?, penso che siamo tutti d'accordo, giusto? quite right!, proprio così!; esatto!
    ● (fam.) too right!, giustissimo! □ (fam.) right on!, bravo!; sono d'accordissimo!
    (to) right /raɪt/
    v. t.
    raddrizzare ( anche fig.): We righted the boat and started rowing, abbiamo raddrizzato la barca e abbiamo cominciato a remare; to right a wrong, raddrizzare un torto; to right an injustice, riparare un'ingiustizia
    to right itself, raddrizzarsi, aggiustarsi: Let's hope things will right themselves in the end, speriamo che tutto s'aggiusti (da sé) alla fine!

    English-Italian dictionary > ♦ right

  • 17 leave

    1. I
    1) it was dawn, before men began to leave рассвело, прежде чем люди стали расходиться; it is time [for us] to leave, it is time we left [нам] пора [уже] уходить
    2) I decided to leave я решил уйти (бросить работу, учебу и т. п.); the cook has threatened to leave кухарка угрожала уйти /бросить работу/; my secretary is leaving мой секретарь уходит с работы
    2. II
    leave in some manner leave willingly (unwillingly, surreptitiously, etc.) охотно и т. д. уходить или уезжать; leave at some time leave late (early, this week, etc.) уходить или уезжать поздно и т. д.,
    3. III
    1) leave some place leave Moscow (the village, one's country, etc.) уезжать из Москвы и т.д., покидать Москву и т. д.; leave harbour выходить из гавани; leave the room! выйди из комнаты!; leave one's bed (the table) вставать с постели (из-за стола); leave the road съехать с дороги; leave the rails (the track) сойти с рельсов
    2) leave smth. leave a book (a parcel, etc.) оставлять книгу и т.д., he has left a note он оставил записку; did he leave a message? он просил передать что-нибудь ?; take it or leave it как хотите, воля ваша
    3) leave smb. leave one's wife (a wife and three children, all one's friends, etc.) бросать жену и т. д. ; I must leave you я должен вас оставить /покинуть/; leave smth. leave a party выйти из партии; leave one's job бросить работу; leave the service оставить службу; he left all and followed her он бросил все и последовал за ней; the boy left home and went to sea мальчик ушел из дому и стал матросом; can I leave the table? можно мне встать из-за стола?; he left his post он покинул свой пост /ушел со своего поста/; he was a fool to leave school (that job, etc.) он дурак, что бросил школу и т. д., let's leave the subject давай оставим эту тему, давай больше не будем об этом говорить
    4) leave smb., smth. leave a wife and two sons (a widow with three children, a large family, a large fortune, nothing but debts, etc.) оставлять после себя жену и двух сыновей и т. д.
    5) leave smth. three from seven (two from five, etc.) leaves four (three, etc.) если вычесть три из семи и т. д. остается /останется/ четыре и т. д., семь минус три и т. д. будет четыре /равняется четырем/ и т. д.
    4. IV
    leave тоже place т some manner leave the village hastily (permanently, secretly, for good, etc.) (поспешно и т. д. покидать деревню; leave smb. , smth. at some time she left the conference ( the meeting, the station, etc.) late (early, immediately, at once, etc.) она поздно и т. д. ушла с конференции и т. д.; his eyes never left her его глаза неотступно следили за ней
    5. V
    leave smb. smth.
    1) leave smb. L 100 (a big fortune, a large estate, all one's money, nothing, etc.) завещать /оставлять/ кому-л. сто фунтов и т. д. [в наследство]; leave him a legacy оставлять ему наследство; leave him bread to eat оставлять ему хлеб; the payment of his debts left him nothing to live upon после уплаты долгов у него ничего не осталось на жизнь
    2) malaria left him a wreck после малярии он стал развалиной; leave a woman a widow оставлять / делать/ женщину вдовой
    6. VI
    leave smth., smb. in some state1)
    leave a door open (a house empty, etc.) оставлять дверь открытой и т. д.; leave a page blank оставлять чистую страницу; leave the question open оставлять вопрос открытым; his acting leaves me cold его игра меня не трогает /не волнует/; his illness has left him weak после болезни он ослабел; the insult left him speechless от оскорбления он [буквально] онемел /потерял дар речи/; leave this poor creature alive пощадите эту бедняжку; leave the books (a knife, a box, a car, etc.) alone не трогать книги и т. д., не прикасаться к книгам и т. д.; I should leave that question alone if I were you на вашем месте я бы не касался этого вопроса; leave her alone не приставайте к ней; leave us alone, please оставьте нас, пожалуйста, в покое
    2)
    leave smb. rich (poor) оставлять кого-л. [после своей смерти] богатым (бедным)
    7. VII
    1) leave smth. to do smth. he left the breakfast to answer the telephone он бросил завтракать и пошел к телефону; this leaves much to be desired это оставляет желать много лучшего
    2) leave smb. to do smth. leave smb. to settle up (to judge, to do it, to attend to the matter, etc.) предоставлять кому-л. расплатиться и т. д.; leave smth. for smb. to do I shall leave the work for him to complete я оставлю /предоставлю/ ему закончить работу
    8. VIII
    leave smb. doing smth. leave smb. waiting (guessing, standing there, etc.) заставлять кого-л. ждать и т. д.
    9. IX
    leave smth., smb. т some state leave the letter unfinished (doors and windows firmly fastened, a cheque unpaid, some things unsaid, etc.) оставлять письмо неоконченным и т. д.; leave smb. stranded покинуть кого-л. в беде
    10. XI
    be left how many are left? сколько остается или осталось? be left with smth., smb. be left alone with smth., smb. остаться наедине с чем-л., кем-л., I am left with no alternative but... мне не остается никакого выбора, креме как...; be left to smb., smth. it was left to me to decide этот вопрос пришлось решать мне; it was left to chance все оставили на волю случая; nothing is left to me but to go мне ничего не остается, кроме как идти; be left till some time this parcel is to be left till called for нужно оставить эту бандероль до тех пор, пока за ней не придут; there is smth. left there are three bottles (strawberries, etc.) left остались три бутылки и т. д.; there is no coffee (no food, etc.) left кофе и т. д., не осталось; have smth. left I have very little money (two roubles, an hour, no time, etc.) left у меня осталось очень мало денег и т. д.; how much time have we got left? сколько осталось времени?; be left in some state some things are better left unsaid о некоторых вещах лучше не говорить
    11. XVI
    1) leave for some place leave for Moscow (for London, etc.) уезжать /отправляться/ в Москву и т. д.; leave for smth. leave for one's holidays (for one's honeymoon, etc.) уезжать /отправляться/ в отпуск и т. д.; I was just leaving for work я как раз собирался идти на работу; leave for some time leave for three weeks (for a month, etc.) уезжать на три недели и т. д.; leave at some time leave on Monday (at Christmas, at the end of next term, at noon, at three o'clock, etc.) уезжать /отправляться/ в понедельник и т. д.; leave after dinner уехать /уйти, отправиться/ после обеда; the bus (the plane, the train, the flight, the ship, etc.) leaves at twelve o'clock (at eight, on Mondays only, etc.) автобус и т. д. отходит /отправляется/ в двенадцать часов и т. д., leave by smth. leave by the 4 o'clock train (by plane, etc.) уехать четырехчасовым поездом и т. д., leave by the door уйти через дверь; leave in smth. leave in groups (in twoes and threes, etc.) уходить группами и т. д.; leave on smth. leave on business уехать по делам; leave on a trip to Europe отправиться в путешествие по Европе
    2) leave at some time leave on Monday (at the end of the week, etc.) уходить /бросать работу/ с понедельника и т. д.
    12. XVII
    leave without doing smth. leave without seeing her (without giving one's address, without saying goodbye, etc.) уезжать /уходить/, не повидавшись с ней и т. д.
    13. XXI1
    1) leave one place for another leave London for Oxford (England for Japan, etc.) переезжать из Лондона в Оксфорд и т. д.; leave тоже place for smth. leave England for a tour of the world (for a trip to America, etc.) уезжать /отправляться/ из Англии в кругосветное путешествие и т. д.; leave the trenches for rest billets mil. оставить окопы и отойти на отдых; leave some place at some time leave the house at eight o'clock (at noon, in the afternoon, etc.) выходить из дома в восемь часов и т. д.; he left the country in 1907 он уехал из страны /покинул страну/ в тысяча девятьсот седьмом году; he leaves work (school, his office, etc.) at five он уходит с работы и т. д. в пять часов; they leave school at 16 они оканчивают школу в шестнадцать лет; leave some place for some time leave home for a year уехать на год из дома
    2) leave smth. for smb. leave a note for one's husband (a message for one's friend, nothing for me, etc.) оставлять мужу записку и т. д.; leave smth., smb. with smb. leave a card (a book, a parcel, a baby, etc.) with smb. оставлять визитную карточку и т. д. у кого-л.; leave a message with smb. просить кого-л. /поручить кому-л./ передать /сообщить/ (кому-л.) что-л.; leave word with smb. оставлять у кого-л. указания /инструкции/; leave it with me оставьте это у меня; leave smth. in /at/ some place leave one's hat in the hall (a book on the table, one's fountain-pen in the bag, one's bag at the station, one's coat in the cloakroom, etc.) оставлять шляпу в прихожей и т. д.; leave one's things out in the rain оставлять свой вещи под дождем; leave smb., smth. at (on, etc.) smth. leave one's horse at the door (her at the corner, the children on the porch, etc.) оставлять лошадь у входа и т. д., leave a forest (a turning, a place, an object, etc.) on one's right (on one's left) оставлять лес и т. д. справа (слева); leave the church on your left and go up the hill церковь останется справа, а вы поднимитесь по холму, у церкви поверните направо и поднимитесь по холму; let's leave it at that давай на этом остановимся, давай больше не будем это обсуждать; leave smth. till /until/ some time I shall leave this homework till /until/ tomorrow я оставлю это задание на завтра
    3) leave smth. to /with/ smb., smth. leave all the work (all the responsibility, etc.) to her свалить всю работу и т. д. на нее; leave the choice to him (the decision with them, the matter to time, the solution to chance, the ending to the imagination of the reader, etc.) предоставлять выбор ему и т. д., leave that to me предоставьте это мне; I'll leave it to you я оставляю это на ваше усмотрение; I leave it to you whether I am right or wrong предоставляю вам решить, прав я или нет; leave it to him to discover the truth предоставьте ему самому узнать всю правду; leave smth. out of smth. leave a point (a fact, an event, etc.) out of account /out of consideration/ не учитывать какой-л. момент и т. д.; leave smb. out of smth. leave him out of the match (out of the conversation, out of an agreement, etc.) не включать его в матч и т. д.; leave smth. in smb.'s hands /charge/ leave the matter (the question, the decision, etc.) in his hands /charge/ предоставьте ему решать этот вопрос и т. д., оставьте это дело и т.д. в его ведении; leave smb. in charge of smth., leave smth. in smb.'s charge he left his servant in charge of the house, he left the house in his servant's charge он оставил дом на слугу
    4) leave smth., smb. at some place leave a book (one's things, an umbrella, a letter, a coat, one's bags, a puppy, a child, etc.) on a bench (in the park, at the station, in the train, etc.) забывать /оставлять/ книгу и т. д. на скамейке и т. д.
    5) leave smb. for smb. leave one's wife for another woman бросить жену ради другой женщины /и уйти к другой/; leave smth. for smth. leave the army for the law (business for literary work, one occupation for another, etc.) бросить армию /уйти из армии/ и стать юристом и т. д., leave smb. in smth. leave one's friends (one's family, etc.) in trouble (in the lurch, in the dark about the case, etc.) оставлять /бросать, покидать/ своих друзей и т. д. в беде и т. д.; leave smb. to smth. leave smb. to his fate (to himself, to his own fortune, to his own resources, to his own thoughts, to his own devices, etc.) предоставлять кого-л. своей судьбе и т. д.
    6) leave smth. to smb., smth. leave a house to him (all his money to charity, etc.) оставлять /завещать/ ему дом и т.д., leave no heir to one's property не оставить после себя наследников; leave smth. behind smb. he left a great name behind him он оставил по себе память
    7) || leave an impression upon smb. произвести на кого-л. впечатление
    14. XXIV1
    leave smth. as smth. leave a few guineas (a letter, etc.) as a guarantee (as one's security, as a retainer, etc.) оставлять несколько гиней и т. д. в качестве залога и т. д.

    English-Russian dictionary of verb phrases > leave

  • 18 universal

    adjective
    1) (prevailing everywhere) allgemein; allgemein gültig [Regel, Wahrheit]
    2) universal [Bildung, Wissen]
    3) (common to all members of a class) universell
    * * *
    adjective (affecting, including etc the whole of the world or all or most people: English may become a universal language that everyone can learn and use.) global
    * * *
    uni·ver·sal
    [ˌju:nɪˈvɜ:səl, AM -nəˈvɜ:r-]
    I. adj allgemein, universell
    \universal agreement [or approval] allgemeine Zustimmung
    \universal health care allgemeine Gesundheitsfürsorge
    \universal joint TECH Kugelgelenk nt, Universalgelenk nt
    \universal language Weltsprache f
    \universal panacea Allheilmittel nt, Patentrezept nt
    \universal military service allgemeine Wehrpflicht
    \universal suffrage allgemeines Wahlrecht
    a \universal truth eine allgemein gültige Wahrheit
    II. n
    a \universal eine allgemein verbindliche Aussage
    * * *
    ["juːnI'vɜːsəl]
    1. adj
    1) phenomenon, applicability, remedy universal, universell; (= prevailing everywhere) custom, game allgemein or überall verbreitet; (= applying to all) truth, rule allgemeingültig, universell; (= general) approval, peace allgemein
    2) (LOGIC) universal, universell, allgemein
    2. n (PHILOS)
    Allgemeinbegriff m; (LOGIC = universal proposition) Universalaussage f

    the various universals of human experiencedie verschiedenen Grundelemente menschlicher Erfahrung

    * * *
    universal [ˌjuːnıˈvɜːsl; US -ˈvɜrsəl]
    A adj (adv universally)
    1. universal, Universal…, global, allumfassend, gesamt:
    universal genius Universalgenie n;
    universal heir JUR Universalerbe m;
    universal knowledge umfassendes Wissen;
    universal remedy PHARM Universalmittel n;
    universal succession JUR Gesamtnachfolge f;
    the universal experience of mankind die ganze oder gesamte Erfahrung der Menschheit
    2. universell, generell, allgemein(gültig) (Regel etc):
    universal agent WIRTSCH Generalbevollmächtigte(r) m/f(m)
    3. allumfassend, allgemein:
    universal military service allgemeine Wehrpflicht;
    universal partnership JUR allgemeine Gütergemeinschaft;
    meet with universal applause allgemeinen Beifall finden;
    the disappointment was universal die Enttäuschung war allgemein; academic.ru/71876/suffrage">suffrage 1
    4. allgemein, überall üblich (Praktik etc)
    5. überall anzutreffen(d)
    6. weltumfassend, Welt…:
    universal language Weltsprache f;
    Universal Postal Union Weltpostverein m;
    universal time Weltzeit f
    7. TECH etc Universal…, Mehrzweck…, Allzweck…:
    universal chuck Universalfutter n;
    universal current ELEK Allstrom m;
    universal joint Wellengelenk n;
    universal motor ELEK Universalmotor m
    B s
    1. (das) Allgemeine
    2. (Logik): allgemeine Aussage
    3. PHIL Allgemeinbegriff m
    4. Metaphysik: (das) Selbst
    univ. abk
    2. university Univ.
    * * *
    adjective
    1) (prevailing everywhere) allgemein; allgemein gültig [Regel, Wahrheit]
    2) universal [Bildung, Wissen]
    * * *
    adj.
    allgemeingültig adj.
    universal adj.
    universell adj.

    English-german dictionary > universal

  • 19 ἀναχωρέω

    ἀναχωρ-έω, [dialect] Locr., Cret. [pref] ἀνχ-,
    A go back,

    πόλινδε ἂψ ἀναχωρήσουσιν Il.10.210

    , cf. Od.17.461.
    b walk backwards, of oxen feeding, Hdt.4.183.
    2 in Il., mostly, retire, withdraw from battle,

    ἀλλά σ' ἔγωγ' ἀναχωρήσαντα κελεύω ἐς πληθὺν ἰέναι Il.17.30

    ;

    τόφρ' ἀναχωρείτω 11.189

    , cf. 4.305, 20.335, etc.: in Prose,

    μάχης οὔσης εἰς τοὐπίσω ἀ. Lys.14.6

    ;

    φυγῇ ἀ. Pl.Smp. 221a

    ; generally, retire, withdraw,

    μεγάροιο μυχόνδε Od.22.270

    ;

    ὀπίσω ἀ. Hdt.5.94

    , etc.;

    ἐς τοὔπισθεν Ar.Pl. 1208

    ; ἀνεκεχωρήκεσαν they had retired or returned, Th.8.15, cf. IG9(1).334 ([dialect] Locr.): with Preps. denoting motion to or from,

    ἐς τὴν ἀκρόπολιν Hdt.3.143

    ;

    ἐπ' οἴκου Th.1.30

    ; ὑπὸ Βοιωτῶν ἐς Ἀθήνας were forced by them to retire to.., Hdt.5.61;

    ἀπό Pl.Smp.

    l.c.
    II come back or revert to the rightful heir,

    ἡ βασιληΐη ἀνεχώρησε ἐς τὸν παῖδα Hdt.7.4

    ;

    ἡ ποινὴ ἀ. εἰς ἡμᾶς Antipho 2.1.3

    , cf. Leg.Gort.11.10.
    III metaph., withdraw, retire,

    ἐξ αἰσθήσεων Pl.Phd. 83a

    ; ἀ. ἐκ τῶν πραγμάτων retire from public life, from the world, Plb.29.25.5, cf. Cic.Att.9.4.2, Ev.Matt.2.14,al.: abs., withdraw, retire, Pl.Smp. 175a, cf. Ar.Nu. 524; ἀνακεχωρηκυῖα χώρα inland spot, Thphr.HP9.7.4;

    ἀ. ἀπὸ θαλάσσης Plb.2.11.16

    ;

    ἀνακεχωρηκός ῥῆμα, ὄνομα

    obsolete,

    D.H.Rh.10.7

    ; recondite,

    ἱστορία Phld.Rh.1.157S.

    IV = συγχωρέω, πάντες ἀνεχώρησαν συμπεραίνεσθαι τὸ μίασμα Procop.Arc.10.
    2 strike, refuse to work, PTeb.26.18, 41.4, al.; ἀνακεχωρηκότα σώματα ib.5.6.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ἀναχωρέω

  • 20 disfrutar

    v.
    1 to enjoy.
    ¡que lo disfrutes con salud! I hope you enjoy it!
    2 to enjoy oneself.
    disfruté mucho con el concierto I enjoyed the concert a lot
    disfrutar de lo lindo to enjoy oneself very much, to have a great time
    disfruto escuchándoles reír I enjoy hearing them laugh
    espero que disfruten del espectáculo I hope you enjoy the show
    3 to have a good time, to enjoy, to rejoice.
    * * *
    1 (poseer) to own, enjoy, possess; (pensión, renta) to receive
    2 (aprovechar) to make the most of
    1 (poseer) to enjoy (de, -), have (de, -), possess (de, -)
    2 (gozar) to enjoy, enjoy oneself
    * * *
    verb
    * * *
    1. VT
    1) (=gozar de) to enjoy
    2) frm (=poseer) to enjoy
    2. VI
    1) (=gozar) to enjoy o.s.

    ¡que disfrutes! — enjoy yourself!

    2)

    disfrutar de algo(=poseer) to enjoy sth

    disfrutan de una pensión del Estadothey enjoy o receive a state pension

    * * *
    1.
    verbo intransitivo
    a) ( divertirse) to enjoy oneself, have fun

    disfrutar + ger — to enjoy -ing

    b)

    disfrutar de algode privilegio/derecho to enjoy, have

    con este vale disfrutará de un descuento del 5% — with this voucher you will receive a 5% discount

    2.
    disfrutar vt <viaje/espectáculo> to enjoy; <beneficio/derecho> to have, enjoy
    * * *
    = enjoy, take + pleasure, find + enjoyment, derive + enjoyment, get + a kick, get off on, get + Posesivo + kicks (out of/from).
    Ex. The contentment can only be alarming, however, in the context both of the needs of information education for the future and the much higher levels of resources enjoyed by the principal competitors of SLIS.
    Ex. Just as Ivan finds that by taking pleasure in an extra piece of food he makes survival possible and beats Stalin and his jailors at heir own game.
    Ex. Come to reading willingly, seeking many pleasures from books, and you soon find enjoyment.
    Ex. The skill of the author lies in being able to tell the story in such a way that the reader will suspend disbelief and derive enjoyment from what is basically a simple story skilfully told.
    Ex. I get a kick when I'm on my racing bike, and when I have my skates on it's out of this world.
    Ex. She sounds like she enjoys having people under her thumb and gets off on the whole control thing.
    Ex. It's hard to believe she stands by a man who gets his kicks out of beating her black and blue everynight.
    ----
    * disfrutar al máximo = enjoy + every minute of, love + every minute of it.
    * disfrutar cada minuto de = enjoy + every minute of.
    * disfrutar como un enano = love + every minute of it, have + a ball, have + a whale of a time, enjoy + every minute of.
    * disfrutar de = wallow in, get + pleasure from, revel in, get + a buzz from.
    * disfrutar de buena salud = be in good health.
    * disfrutar de la gloria ajena = bask in + reflected glory.
    * disfrutar de la situación = ride + the wave.
    * disfrutar de la vida = sail through + life.
    * disfrutar del triunfo ajeno = bask in + reflected glory.
    * disfrutar de todas las ventajas = have + the best of both worlds.
    * disfrutar de una oportunidad = enjoy + opportunity.
    * disfrutar de un cigarro = enjoy + a smoke.
    * disfrutar + Gerundio = be a joy to + Verbo.
    * disfrutar tomando el sol = bask.
    * * *
    1.
    verbo intransitivo
    a) ( divertirse) to enjoy oneself, have fun

    disfrutar + ger — to enjoy -ing

    b)

    disfrutar de algode privilegio/derecho to enjoy, have

    con este vale disfrutará de un descuento del 5% — with this voucher you will receive a 5% discount

    2.
    disfrutar vt <viaje/espectáculo> to enjoy; <beneficio/derecho> to have, enjoy
    * * *
    = enjoy, take + pleasure, find + enjoyment, derive + enjoyment, get + a kick, get off on, get + Posesivo + kicks (out of/from).

    Ex: The contentment can only be alarming, however, in the context both of the needs of information education for the future and the much higher levels of resources enjoyed by the principal competitors of SLIS.

    Ex: Just as Ivan finds that by taking pleasure in an extra piece of food he makes survival possible and beats Stalin and his jailors at heir own game.
    Ex: Come to reading willingly, seeking many pleasures from books, and you soon find enjoyment.
    Ex: The skill of the author lies in being able to tell the story in such a way that the reader will suspend disbelief and derive enjoyment from what is basically a simple story skilfully told.
    Ex: I get a kick when I'm on my racing bike, and when I have my skates on it's out of this world.
    Ex: She sounds like she enjoys having people under her thumb and gets off on the whole control thing.
    Ex: It's hard to believe she stands by a man who gets his kicks out of beating her black and blue everynight.
    * disfrutar al máximo = enjoy + every minute of, love + every minute of it.
    * disfrutar cada minuto de = enjoy + every minute of.
    * disfrutar como un enano = love + every minute of it, have + a ball, have + a whale of a time, enjoy + every minute of.
    * disfrutar de = wallow in, get + pleasure from, revel in, get + a buzz from.
    * disfrutar de buena salud = be in good health.
    * disfrutar de la gloria ajena = bask in + reflected glory.
    * disfrutar de la situación = ride + the wave.
    * disfrutar de la vida = sail through + life.
    * disfrutar del triunfo ajeno = bask in + reflected glory.
    * disfrutar de todas las ventajas = have + the best of both worlds.
    * disfrutar de una oportunidad = enjoy + opportunity.
    * disfrutar de un cigarro = enjoy + a smoke.
    * disfrutar + Gerundio = be a joy to + Verbo.
    * disfrutar tomando el sol = bask.

    * * *
    disfrutar [A1 ]
    vi
    1 (divertirse) to enjoy oneself, have fun, have a good time
    disfruta mientras eres joven have a good time o enjoy life o enjoy yourself while you're young
    disfrutar CON algo to enjoy sth
    disfrutamos mucho con la película we really enjoyed the film
    disfrutar + GER to enjoy -ING
    disfruto viéndolos comer I enjoy watching them eat, it's a pleasure to watch them eat
    disfrutar DE algo to enjoy sth
    espero que hayan disfrutado de la travesía I hope you have enjoyed the crossing, I hope you have had a pleasant crossing
    disfrutaron de muy buen tiempo they had very good weather
    disfruta de buena salud he is in o he enjoys good health, he is very healthy
    disfrutaba de ciertos privilegios she enjoyed o had certain privileges
    la mujer no siempre disfrutó del derecho al voto women did not always have o enjoy the right to vote
    con este vale disfrutará de un descuento del 5% with this voucher you will receive a 5% discount
    ■ disfrutar
    vt
    1 ‹viaje/espectáculo› to enjoy
    2 ‹beneficio/derecho› to have, enjoy
    * * *

     

    disfrutar ( conjugate disfrutar) verbo intransitivo

    disfrutar con/de algo to enjoy sth;

    b) ( tener) disfrutar de algo ‹de privilegio/derecho/buena salud to enjoy, have

    verbo transitivo ‹viaje/espectáculo to enjoy;
    beneficio/derecho to have, enjoy
    disfrutar
    I verbo intransitivo
    1 (gozar, pasarlo bien) to enjoy oneself: disfruta con los libros antiguos, he enjoys old books
    2 (estar en posesión de) to enjoy [de, -]: disfruta de buena salud, he enjoys good health
    II verbo transitivo to enjoy ➣ Ver nota en enjoy
    ' disfrutar' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    saborear
    - tener
    English:
    delight
    - enjoy
    - like
    - love
    - outdoors
    - pleasure
    - vicarious
    - bask
    - glory
    * * *
    vi
    1. [sentir placer] to enjoy oneself;
    aquí hemos venido a disfrutar we've come here to enjoy ourselves;
    ¡disfruta, ahora que puedes! enjoy yourselves while you can!;
    los niños disfrutan en el circo children enjoy themselves at the circus;
    disfrutar de lo lindo to enjoy oneself very much, to have a great time;
    disfrutar con algo to enjoy sth;
    disfruté mucho con el concierto I enjoyed the concert a lot;
    disfrutar de algo to enjoy sth;
    espero que disfruten del espectáculo I hope you enjoy the show;
    disfrutar haciendo algo to enjoy doing sth;
    disfruto escuchándoles reír I enjoy hearing them laugh
    2. [disponer de]
    disfrutar de algo to enjoy sth;
    disfruta de muy buena salud he enjoys excellent health;
    disfruta de una pensión vitalicia por invalidez she has a disability pension for life;
    afortunadamente, pudimos disfrutar de su colaboración we were fortunate enough to have her working with us;
    disfruta de muchos amigos he has lots of friends;
    allá disfrutan de un clima excelente they have o enjoy an excellent climate there
    vt
    to enjoy;
    ¡que lo disfrutes con salud! I hope you enjoy it!
    * * *
    I v/t enjoy
    II v/i
    1 have fun, enjoy o.s.
    2
    :
    disfrutar de buena salud be in o enjoy good health
    * * *
    : to enjoy
    : to enjoy oneself, to have a good time
    * * *
    1. (en general) to enjoy yourself
    2. (de una cosa) to enjoy

    Spanish-English dictionary > disfrutar

См. также в других словарях:

  • The Day That Shook the World — Directed by Veljko Bulajić Produced by Vlado Brankovic Bohumil Pokorný Written by Screenplay: Stevan Bulajić Vladimír Bor Paul Jarrico Veljko Bulajić …   Wikipedia

  • The Eye of the World — infobox Book | name = The Eye of the World orig title = translator = image caption = Original cover of The Eye of the World , prominently featuring Moiraine and Lan author = Robert Jordan cover artist = Darrell K. Sweet country = United States… …   Wikipedia

  • Shot heard round the world — The Shot heard round the world is a well known phrase that has come to represent several historical incidentals throughout world history. The line is originally from the opening stanza of Ralph Waldo Emerson s Concord Hymn (1837), and referred to …   Wikipedia

  • List of The Outstanding Young Persons of the World — The Outstanding Young Persons of the World (TOYP) Program serves to formally recognize young people who excel in their chosen fields and exemplify the best attributes of the world s young people. The program is sponsored by Junior Chamber… …   Wikipedia

  • History of As the World Turns (1976–1980) — This article is about the history of As the World Turns (ATWT), the second longest running American television soap opera. 1980 1989 Like many daytime dramas of the period, the show entered into a mixed experiment with heavily youth oriented… …   Wikipedia

  • Development of the World Chess Championship — Further information: World Chess Championship The concept of a world chess champion started to emerge in the first half of the 19th century, and the phrase world champion appeared in 1845. From this time onwards various players were acclaimed as… …   Wikipedia

  • Soul Nomad & the World Eaters — Developer(s) Nippon Ichi Publisher(s) …   Wikipedia

  • The Twelve Caesars —   Author(s) Suetonius Original title De vita Caesarum (literal trans.: On the Life of the Caesars) …   Wikipedia

  • World Jewish Congress — The World Jewish Congress (WJC), is an international federation of Jewish communities and organizations. Its headquarters are in New York City, USA; its research institute is located in Jerusalem. It maintains international offices in Paris,… …   Wikipedia

  • heir — / ar/ n: one who inherits or is entitled to succeed to the possession of property after the death of its owner: as a: one who by operation of law inherits the property and esp. the real property of a person who dies without leaving a valid will… …   Law dictionary

  • The Byzantine Empire —     The Byzantine Empire     † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Byzantine Empire     The ancient Roman Empire having been divided into two parts, an Eastern and a Western, the Eastern remained subject to successors of Constantine, whose capital was at …   Catholic encyclopedia

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»